WO2000021936A1 - Uracil herbicides - Google Patents

Uracil herbicides Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2000021936A1
WO2000021936A1 PCT/JP1999/005595 JP9905595W WO0021936A1 WO 2000021936 A1 WO2000021936 A1 WO 2000021936A1 JP 9905595 W JP9905595 W JP 9905595W WO 0021936 A1 WO0021936 A1 WO 0021936A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
carbonyl
compound
alkoxy
compound according
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP1999/005595
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Yuzuru Sanemitsu
Yoshitomo Tohyama
Original Assignee
Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited filed Critical Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited
Priority to AU60070/99A priority Critical patent/AU6007099A/en
Publication of WO2000021936A1 publication Critical patent/WO2000021936A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/52Two oxygen atoms
    • C07D239/54Two oxygen atoms as doubly bound oxygen atoms or as unsubstituted hydroxy radicals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01NPRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N43/00Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds
    • A01N43/48Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • A01N43/541,3-Diazines; Hydrogenated 1,3-diazines

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to 3-phenyloxyuracil and 3-phenylthio- uracil compounds, their use, and intermediates for their production.
  • the present invention provides uracil compounds of the general formula:
  • R 1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, or C ⁇ C., alkyl
  • R 2 and R 3 may be combined at their ends to form optionally fluorine- substituted trimethylene or optionally fluorine-substituted tetramethylene; is optionally substituted phenyl; and X, Y, and Z are the same or different and independently oxygen or sulfur; and herbicides containing these compounds as active ingredients.
  • the present invention further provides uracil compounds useful as the intermediates for the production of the present compounds, that is, uracil compounds of the general formula:
  • intermediate(s) A wherein E 1 , R 3 , Q, X, Y, and Z are as defined above; and uracil compounds of the general formula:
  • intermediate ⁇ B wherein R 1 , X, Y, and Z are as defined above;
  • R 200 is hydrogen, alkyl, Ci-C a haloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 alkynyl, or N(R 61 )R 62 wherein R 61 and R 62 are as defined above;
  • R 300 is 0,-0, haloalkyl; or R 200 and R 300 may be combined at their ends to form optionally fluorine-substituted trimethylene or optionally fluorine-substituted tetramethylene.
  • halogen may include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine
  • C,-C 3 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl.
  • C,-C 3 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl;
  • Cj-Cg haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, and 1,1-difluoroethyl;
  • C 3 -C 6 alkenyl may include allyl, l-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-methyl-3-butenyl;
  • C 3 -C 6 alkynyl may include propargyl, l-methyl-2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, and l,l-dimethyl-2-propynyl.
  • Ci-Cg alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl; and C,-C 3 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and 1,1-difluoroethyl.
  • optionally fluorine-substituted trimethylene may include trimethylene, 1,1,2-trifluorotrimethylene, and 2,3,3-trifluorotrimethylene; and optionally fluorine-substituted tetramethylene may include tetramethylene.
  • C,-C 3 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl; and C,-C 3 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, and chlorodifluoromethyl.
  • optionally substituted phenyl may include groups of the general formula:
  • R 4 is hydrogen, halogen, C ⁇ , alkyl, or C,-C 3 haloalkyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen, halogen, N0 2 , CN, C C 3 alkoxy, C r C 3 alkyl, or C -C 3 haloalkyl;
  • R 7 is hydrogen, halogen, C,-C 6 alkyl, C,-C 6 haloalkyl, hydroxy C,-C, alkyl, C,-C 6 alkoxy C,-C 6 alkyl, OR 39 , SR 40 , N(R 41 )R 42 , COOR 43 , COOM, COR 44
  • R 8 is hydrogen, halogen, C,-C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ C e haloalkyl, hydroxy Ci-C e alkyl, C C 6 alkoxy C,-C 6 alkyl, OR 69 , SR 70 , N(R 71 )R 72 , NR 71 N(R 70 )R 72 ,
  • R 9 , R 39 , and R 69 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, 0,-0, 0 alkyl, C, -C 10 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 8 halo- alkenyl, C 3 -C 8 alkynyl, C 3 -C 8 haloalkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 halocycloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkenyl, C 3 -C 10 halocycloalkenyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl C,-C 3 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 halocycloalkyl C r C 3 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkenyl Cj-C a alkyl, C 3 -C 10 halocycloalkenyl alkyl, (C
  • R 10 , R 40 , and R 70 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, CyC ⁇ alkyl, C,-C 10 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 8 halo- alkenyl, C 3 -C 8 alkynyl, C 3 -C 8 haloalkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 halocycloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkenyl, C 3 -C 10 halocycloalkenyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl C, -C 3 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 halocycloalkyl C r C 3 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkenyl C r C 3 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 halocycloalkenyl CyCg alkyl, (C ⁇ C s alkyl)carbonyl, (
  • R u , R 12 , R 41 , R 42 , R 71 , and R 72 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, C,-C ⁇ 0 alkyl, C ⁇ C ⁇ haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 8 haloalkenyl, C 3 -C 8 alkynyl, C 3 -C 8 haloalkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 halocycloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkenyl, C 3 -C 10 halocycloalkenyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl C r C 3 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 halocycloalkyl alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkenyl C j -Cg alkyl, C 3 -C 10 halocycloalkenyl C r C 3 alkyl, (
  • R 14 , R 44 , and R 74 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, chlorine, Cj-Cg alkyl, Cj-Cg haloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 halocycloalkyl, or N(R 25 )R 26 ;
  • R 15 , R 45 , and R 75 are the same or different and independently chlorine, d-Cu alkyl, d-d o haloalkyl, N(R 27 )R 28 , or OR 29 ;
  • R 16 , R 46 , and R 76 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, halogen, or Cj-C 3 alkyl;
  • R 17 , R 47 , and R 77 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, COOR 30 , cyano, or C ⁇ -C 5 alkyl;
  • R 18 , R 48 , and R 78 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, or C 3 -C 6 halocycloalkyl;
  • R 19 , R 49 , and R 79 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, Ci-C 10 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 10 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 halocycloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl d-C 3 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 halocycloalkyl C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, C 3 -C 5 alkenyl, C 3 -C 5 haloalkenyl, C 3 -C 5 alkynyl, C 3 -C 5 haloalkynyl, carboxy d-C 3 alkyl, (Ci-Cg alkoxy)carbonyl Ci-C 3 alkyl, (Ci-C 5 haloalkoxy)carbonyl C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, or (optionally substituted phenyl) C ⁇ -C
  • R 20 , R 50 , and R 80 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, chlorine, Cj-Cg alkyl, Ci-C 5 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, or C 3 -C 6 halocycloalkyl; and
  • M is an alkali metal; wherein R 34 is d-C 10 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 10 haloalkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl;
  • R 21 is Cj-Ci o alkyl, d-Ci o haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 halocycloalkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl;
  • R 22 is Ci-Cio alkyl, C r C 10 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 halocycloalkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl;
  • R 23 is hydrogen or C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl
  • R 24 is hydrogen, Ci-Cg alkyl, C ⁇ -C 5 haloalkyl or optionally substituted phenyl;
  • R 25 is hydrogen, d-C ⁇ 0 alkyl, d-C 10 haloalkyl, SO 2 H,
  • R 27 is hydrogen, d-C 5 alkyl, or C ⁇ -C 5 haloalkyl
  • R 28 is hydrogen, d-C 10 alkyl, or Ci-Cj o haloalkyl
  • R 29 is C ⁇ -C 10 alkyl
  • R 30 is hydrogen, d-C 10 alkyl, C C 10 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 halocycloalkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl.
  • halogen may include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine
  • d-C 3 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl
  • d-C 3 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, and 1,1-difluoroethyl.
  • halogen may include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine
  • C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy may include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, and isopropoxy
  • C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl
  • C r C 3 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, and 1,1-difluoroethyl.
  • halogen may include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine
  • d-C 6 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, normal (hereinafter abbreviated to n-) pentyl, and n-butyl
  • Ci-Cg haloalkyl may include chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1-difluoroethyl, 1,1-difluorohexyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, and 5,5,5, 1,1-pentafluoropentyl.
  • halogen may include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine
  • C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-pentyl, and n-butyl
  • Ci-Cg haloalkyl may include chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1-difluoroethyl, 1,1-difluorohexyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, and 5,5,5, 1,1-pentafluoropentyl
  • hydroxy Ci-Cg alkyl may include hydroxy - methyl and 2-hydroxyethyl
  • d-C 6 alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl may include methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, and 2-ethoxyethy
  • halogen may include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine
  • Cj-Cg alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-pentyl, and n-butyl
  • C ⁇ -C 6 haloalkyl may include chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1-difluoroethyl, 1,1-difluorohexyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, and 5,5,5, 1,1-pentafluoropentyl
  • hydroxy Cj-Cg alkyl may include hydroxy- methyl, 1 -hydroxy ethyl, and 2-hydroxyethyl
  • Ci-Cg alkyl may include methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, 2-methoxye
  • d-C 10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 2-butyl, isoamyl, and n-octyl;
  • d-C 10 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifJuoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-amyl, and 7-bromoheptyl;
  • C 3 -C 8 alkenyl may include allyl, l-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl,2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-methyl-3-butenyl;
  • C 3 -C 8 haloalkenyl may include 2-chloro-2-propenyl
  • Ci-C ⁇ 0 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 2-butyl, isoamyl, and n-octyl;
  • C ⁇ -C 10 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifiuoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-amyl, and 10-bromoheptyl;
  • C 3 -C 8 alkenyl may include allyl, l-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-methyl-3-butenyl;
  • C 3 -C 8 haloalkenyl may include 2-chloro-2-propenyl and 3,3-dichloro
  • C r C 10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 2 -butyl, t-butyl, isoamyl, and n-octyl;
  • d-C 10 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2-fJuoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-amyl, and 7-bromoheptyl;
  • C 3 -C 8 alkenyl may include allyl, l-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-methyl-3-butenyl;
  • C 3 -C 8 haloalkenyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl,
  • C ⁇ -C 10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, and n-octyl;
  • d-C 10 haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, and 1-bromoheptyl;
  • C 3 -C ⁇ 0 alkenyl may include vinyl, allyl, l-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-methyl-3-butenyl;
  • C 3 -C ⁇ 0 haloalkenyl may include 2-chloro-2-propenyl and 3,3-dichloro-2-propenyl;
  • C 3 -C 10 alkynyl may include
  • C ⁇ -C 5 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, and t-butyl;
  • d- haloalkyl may include fluoromethyl, chloromethyl, bromomethyl, trifluoro- methyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, and pentafluoromethyl;
  • C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, and 1-methylcyclopropyl; and
  • C 3 -C 6 halocycloalkyl may include 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl and 3-chloro- cyclopentyl.
  • C ⁇ -C ⁇ 0 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, and n-hexyl; and d-C 10 haloalkyl may include chloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, and 3-chlorohexyl.
  • halogen may include fluorine, chlorine, and bromine; and C r C 3 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl.
  • d-C B alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, and n-butyl.
  • C r C 4 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, and n-butyl;
  • C ⁇ -C 4 haloalkyl may include chloromethyl, 2 -chloroethyl, trifluoromethyl, and tetrafluoroethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl;
  • C 3 -C 5 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, and 1-methylcyclopropyl; and
  • C 3 -C 5 halocycloalkyl may include 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl and 3-chlorocyclopentyl.
  • d-C 10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, and n-hexyl;
  • d-C 10 haloalkyl may include 2-chloroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-amyl, and 7-bromoheptyl;
  • C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and 1-methylcyclopropyl;
  • C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, and isopentyl;
  • C ⁇ -C 5 haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 3-chloro-n-propyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, and 5-chloro-n-pentyl;
  • C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and 1-methylcyclopropyl; and
  • C 3 -C 6 halocycloalkyl may include 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl, 3-chlorocyclopentyl, and 4,4-difluorocyclohexyl.
  • alkali metals may include lithium, sodium, and potassium.
  • d-C 10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isopentyl, and n-octyl;
  • d-C 10 haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, and 7-bromoheptyl; and optionally substituted phenyl may include phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-tri- fluoromethylphenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-tri- fluoromethylphenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 3-methoxycarbony
  • C ⁇ -C 10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isopentyl, and n-octyl;
  • C ⁇ -C 10 haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, and 1-bromoheptyl;
  • C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and 4,4-di- methylcyclohexyl;
  • C 3 -C 8 halocycloalkyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentyl, 3,4- dichlorocyclohexyl; and optionally substituted phenyl may include phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl
  • C ⁇ -C ⁇ 0 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isopentyl, and n-octyl;
  • d-C 10 haloalkyl may include chloromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2 -chloroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 3-chloropropyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, and 7-bromoheptyl;
  • C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl, and 4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl;
  • C 3 -C 8 halocycloalkyl may include 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl, 3-chlorocyclopentty
  • C ⁇ -C 5 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, and butyl.
  • C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, and butyl; d-C 5 haloalkyl may include 2-chloro- ethyl, tetrafluoroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 3-chloro-n-propyl, and 2-chloro-2- methylpropyl; and optionally substituted phenyl may include phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 3-methoxy
  • d-C 10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isopentyl, n-octyl, and 4,4-dimethyl-n-hexyl;
  • d-C 10 haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 3-chloron-propyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, and 1-bromoheptyl;
  • C ⁇ -C 5 alkylsulfonyl may include methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl;
  • C 3 -C ⁇ 0 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl, 4,4-di- methylcyclohexyl, and 2,2,
  • d-C 10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-octyl, and 4,4-dimethyl-n-hexyl; and Ci-Ci o haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 3-chloro-n-propyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, and 1-bromoheptyl.
  • C r C ⁇ alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, and isopentyl; and d-C ⁇ haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 3-chloro-n-propyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, and 5-chloro-n-pentyl.
  • d-C 10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-octyl, and 4,4-di- methyl-n-hexyl; and d-d 0 haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 3-chloron-propyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, and 2-chloro- 1 , 1 ,4,4-tetramethylhexyl.
  • d-C 10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, and n-octyl.
  • d-C 10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, and n-octyl;
  • d-C 10 haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 3-chloro-n-propyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, and 5-chloro-n-pentyl;
  • C 3 -C ⁇ 0 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl, 4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, and 2,2,4,4-tetramethylcyclohexyl;
  • C 3 -C ⁇ 0 halocycloalkyl may include 2,2-di
  • C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl;
  • C -C 3 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, and 1,1-difluoroethyl;
  • C 3 -C 6 alkenyl may include allyl, l-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-methyl-3-butenyl;
  • C 3 -C 6 alkynyl may include propargyl, l-methyl-2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, and l,l-dimethyl-2- propynyl.
  • C ⁇ -C 3 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and 1,1-difluoroethyl.
  • optionally fluorine-substituted trimethylene may include trimethylene, 1, 1,2-trifluorotrimethylene, and 2,3,3-trifluorotrimethylene; and optionally fluorine-substituted tetramethylene may include tetramethylene.
  • the substituent groups preferred may include oxygen for X and Y; hydrogen or C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl for R 1 ; C r C 3 alkyl (more preferably, methyl) or amino for R 2 ; C ⁇ -C 3 haloalkyl (more preferably trifluoromethyl) for R 3 ; hydrogen for R 4 ; hydrogen or halogen (more preferably, chlorine) for R 5 ; hydrogen or halogen (more preferably, chlorine) for R 6 ; halogen (more preferably, chlorine) or NO 2 for R 7 ; hydrogen, C ⁇ -C ⁇ 0 alkoxy (more preferably, methoxy or isopropoxy), C 3 -C 8 alkenyloxy (more preferably, allyloxy), C 3 -C 8 alkynyloxy (more preferably, propargyloxy), (d-C ⁇ 0 alkoxy)- carbonyl d-C 5 alkyloxy (more preferably, l-(methoxycarbon
  • R 7 When R 7 is chlorine, compounds with l-(d-C ⁇ 0 alkoxy)carbonylethoxy (more preferably, l-(methoxycarbonyl)ethoxy or l-(ethoxycarbonyl)ethoxy) for R 8 are more preferred. When R 7 is NO 2 , compounds with d-C 10 alkoxy (more preferably, methoxy or isopropoxy) for R 8 are more preferred. Compounds with a combination of the above preferred substituent groups are more preferred.
  • the following will describe the producing processes for the present compounds.
  • the present compounds can be produced, for example, by the producing processes described in following Producing Processes 1 to 11. Producing Process 1
  • R 1 , X, Y, Z, and Q are as defined above;
  • R 201 is optionally fluorine- substituted C C 3 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkenyl, or C 3 -C 6 alkynyl;
  • D is chlorine, bromine, iodine, methanesulfonyloxy, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, or p-toluenesulfonyloxy; and
  • R 301 is d-C 3 alkyl or C ⁇ -C 3 haloalkyl.
  • the present compound [1-3] can be produced by reacting compounds
  • reaction is usually carried out in a solvent; however, it may also be carried out without any solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C.
  • reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of compound [1-2] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [1-1].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [1-1].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylani1ine, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and (h ⁇ sopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylani1ine, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and (h ⁇ sopropylethylamine
  • inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide.
  • the solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, ligroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropy
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [1-3].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalliz ation .
  • R 1 , R 301 , X, Y, Z, and Q are as defined above; and W is nitro- substituted phenyloxy ⁇ e.g., 2,4-dinitrophenyloxy, 2,4,6-trinitrophenyloxy), optionally substituted phenylsulfonyloxy ⁇ e.g., 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl- sulf ⁇ nyloxy), or sulfonyloxy.
  • the present compound [2-2] can be produced by reacting compounds [1-1] and [2-1] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usually carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 20°C to 100°C.
  • the reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
  • the amount of compound [2-1] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.5 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [1-1].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.1 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [1-1].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and l,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and l,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane
  • inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide.
  • the solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, ligroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; aliphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyronitrile; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amine
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [2-2].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystallization.
  • the present compound [3-2] can be produced by reacting compounds [2-2] and [3-1] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usually carried out in a solvent; however, it may also be carried out without any solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C.
  • the reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of compound [3-1] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [2-2].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [2-2].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dnsopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dnsopropylethylamine
  • inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide.
  • the solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, ligroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as mtromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethyl- formamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethyl- aniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and clfisopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethyls
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [3-2].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystallization.
  • the present compound [3-4] can be produced by reacting compounds [3-2] and [3-3] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usually carried out in a solvent; however, it may also be carried out without any solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C.
  • the reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of compound [3-3] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [3-2].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [3-2].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylani1ine, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and hthium hydroxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylani1ine, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine
  • inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and hthium hydroxide.
  • the solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, ligroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethyl- formamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethyl- aniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [3-4].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystallization.
  • R 1 , R 301 , R 63 , R 64 , X, Y, Z, and Q are as defined above.
  • the present compound [4-2] can be produced by reacting compounds [2-2] and [4-1].
  • the reaction is usually carried out in a solvent or without any solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 130°C.
  • the reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of compound [4-1] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [2-2].
  • the solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, ligroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, and t-butanol; aliphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as monochlorobenzene,
  • the reaction may be carried out in a shortened reaction time by the addition of a catalyst.
  • the amount of catalyst is usually in the range of 0.001 mole to an excess for 1 mole of compound [2-2].
  • the catalyst may include Lewis acids such as titanium tetrachloride and boron trifluoride- diethyl ether complex; organic acids such as benzenesulfonic acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid; organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethylamino- pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate.
  • Lewis acids such as titanium tetrachloride and boron trifluoride- diethyl ether complex
  • organic acids such as benzenesulfonic acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid
  • organic bases such as
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [4-2].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystallization.
  • R 1 , X, Y, Z, and Q are as defined above; V is fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine; R 203 is C C 3 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 3 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 alkynyl, or N(R 61 )R 62 wherein R 61 and R 62 are as defined above; R 303 is C x -C 3 alkyl or C ⁇ -C 3 haloalkyl; or R 203 and R 303 may be combined at their ends to form optionally fluorine-substituted trimethylene or optionally fluorine- substituted tetramethylene.
  • the present compound [5-3] can be produced by reacting compounds
  • the reaction is usually carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C.
  • the reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of compound [5-2] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [5-1].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [5-1].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and hthium hydroxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine
  • inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and hthium hydroxide.
  • the solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, ligroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropy
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [5-3].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystallization.
  • R 1 , X, Z, and Q are as defined above;
  • R 32 is C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl ⁇ e.g., methyl. ethyl) or phenyl;
  • R 202 is -d alkyl, C d haloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 alkynyl, or N(R 61 )R 62 wherein R 61 and R 62 are as defined above; and
  • R 302 is -d alkyl or C r C 3 haloalkyl.
  • the present compound [6-3] can be produced by reacting compounds [6-1] and [6-2] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usually carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 250°C, preferably 0°C to 150°C.
  • the reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
  • the amount of compound [6-2] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [6-1].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [6-1].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide; and metal alcoholates such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine
  • inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydro
  • the solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, ligroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as mtromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniiine, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisoprop
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [6-3].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystallization.
  • the reaction is usually carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usually in the range of 0°C to 200°C.
  • the reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of sulfurizing agent to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [7-2].
  • the sulfurizing agent may include lawson reagent.
  • the solvent may include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene.
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [7-1].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalliz ation .
  • R 1 , R 203 , R 303 , X, Y, Q, and V are as defined above.
  • the present compound [8-3] can be produced by reacting compounds [8-1] and [8-2] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usually carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C.
  • the reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 24 hours.
  • the amount of compound [8-2] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [8-1].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [8-1].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and (fiisopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and (fiisopropylethylamine
  • inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
  • the solvent may include ahphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, and Hgroin; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; aHphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2- dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as monochlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and benzotrifluoride; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dixnethyKormamide; sulfur compounds such as dimethyl- sulfoxide and s
  • the reaction may be carried out in a shortened reaction time by the addition of a catalyst.
  • the amount of catalyst is usuaUy in the range of
  • the catalyst may include phase transfer catalysts such as tetrabutylammonium chloride and tetrabutylammonium bromide.
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [8-3].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalHzation.
  • R 1 , R 203 , R 303 , X, Y, Z, and Q are as defined above; and L is bismuth.
  • the present compound [5-3] can be produced by reacting compounds [5-1] and [9-2] in the presence of a catalyst and a peracid.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of compound [9-2] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [5-1].
  • the amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [5-1].
  • the amount of peracid to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [5-1].
  • the catalyst may include organic copper compounds such as copper acetate.
  • the peracid may include peracetic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid, t-butyl hydroperoxide, and hydrogen peroxide.
  • the solvent may include aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, dusopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyronitrile; aHphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as monochlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and benzo
  • the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [5-3].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • the present compounds may also be produced by converting the substituents on the optionaUy substituted phenyl group represented by Q according to any of the methods known in the field of organic synthesis, for example, as in the producing processes described in the foUowing Producing Processes 10 and 11. Producing Process 10 '
  • R 1 , R 203 , R 303 , V, X, Y, Z, and Q are as defined above; and R 60 is OR 9 , SR 10 , N(R ⁇ )R 12 , NR ⁇ N(R 10 )R 12 , or NR u OR 9 , wherein R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , and R 12 are as defined above.
  • Step of producing compound [10-2] from compound [5-1] The present compound [10-2] can be produced by reacting compounds
  • the reaction is usuaHy carried out in a solvent; however, it may also be carried out without any solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of compound [10-1] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [5-1].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [5-1].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniHne, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniHne, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine
  • inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
  • the solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as mtromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethyl- formamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethyl- aniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and
  • the reaction may be carried out in a shortened reaction time by the addition of a catalyst.
  • the amount of catalyst is usuaUy in the range of 0.001 mole to an excess for 1 mole of compound [5-1].
  • the catalyst may include fluorides such as potassium fluoride.
  • the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [10-2].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • Step of producing compound [10-4] from compound [10-2] The present compound [10-4] can be produced by reacting compounds [10-2] and [10-3].
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent; however, it may also be carried out without any solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the compound [10-3] to be used in the reaction may also be available as its inorganic salt ⁇ e.g., hydrochloride salt, sulfate).
  • the amount thereof is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 2.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [10-2].
  • the reaction may be carried out in a shortened reaction time by the addition of a base.
  • the amount of base is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 4.4 equivalents, for 1 mole of compound [10-2].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dim ethylanih ' e, N,N-diethylaniHne, triethylamine, and dnsopropylethylamine; metal alcoholates such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
  • the solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as mtromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethyl- formamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethyl- aniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and
  • the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [10-4].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • R 1 , R 203 , R 303 , L, D, X, Y, and Z are as defined above;
  • U is a silyl-type protecting group such as t-butyldimethylsilyl, phenyldimethylsUyl, and tri- isopropylsilyl;
  • Q 1 is optionaUy substituted phenylene;
  • R 35 is one of the substituents represented by R 9 , other than hydrogen.
  • Step of producing compound [11-2] from compound [5-1] The present compound [11-2] can be produced by reacting compounds [5-1] and [11-1] in the presence of a catalyst and a peracid.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of compound [11-1] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [5-1].
  • the amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [5-1].
  • the amount of peracid to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [5-1].
  • the catalyst may include organic copper compounds such as copper acetate.
  • the peracid may include peracetic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid, t-butyl hydroperoxide, and hydrogen peroxide.
  • the solvent may include aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydro- carbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, dnsopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyronitrile; aHphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as monochlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene,
  • the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [11-2].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUiz ation .
  • Step of producing compound [11-3] from compound [11-2] The compound [11-3] can be produced by deprotecting compound [11-2] with potassium fluoride or potassium fluoride/hydrogen bromide in a solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide, according to the method described in "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis” (A Wfley-Interscience PubHca- tion).
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent; however, it may also be carried out without any solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of compound [11-5] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [11-3].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [11-3].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylani1ine, N,N-diethylaniHne, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylani1ine, N,N-diethylaniHne, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine
  • inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
  • the solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N.N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropyle
  • the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [11-4].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalHzation.
  • the foUowing wiU describe the producing processes for the present intermediates A as the intermediates useful for the production of the present compounds.
  • the present intermediates A can be produced, for example, by the producing processes described in the foUowing Producing Processes Al to A4. Producing Process Al
  • R 1 , R 301 , R 32 , X, Z, and Q are as defined above.
  • the present intermediate A [Al-2] can be produced by reacting compounds [6-1] and [Al-1] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to
  • reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
  • the amount of compound [Al-1] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [6-1].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [6-1].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylanilin e, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide; and metal alcoholates such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylanilin e, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine
  • the solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N.N-dimethylaniHne, N,N-diethylaniHne, triethylamine, and diis
  • reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Al-2].
  • the acid to be added may include hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, trifluoro- acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and aqueous solutions thereof.
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalHzation.
  • the present intermediate A [Al-2] can be produced by reacting compound [A2-1] and compound [A2-2] or [A2-3] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 130°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
  • the amount of compound [A2-2] or [A2-3] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [A2-1].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [A2-1].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N- ⁇ Hethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide; and metal alcoholates such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N- ⁇ Hethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine
  • the solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, dusopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniHne, N,N-cuethylaniline, triethylamine, and diiso
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Al-2].
  • ordinary post-treatments for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Al-2].
  • the acid to be added may include hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, trifluoro- acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and aqueous solutions thereof.
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recryst aUiz ation .
  • the compound [A3-2] can be produced by reacting compound [A3-1] with ammonia or ammonium acetate in the presence of an acid.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of 0°C to 150°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
  • the amount of ammonia or ammonium acetate to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [A3-1].
  • the amount of acid to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.001 to 1 equivalent, relative to compound [A3-1].
  • the acid may include organic acids such as acetic acid.
  • the solvent may include alcohols such as ethanol.
  • the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [A3-2].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • Step of producing compound [Al-2] from compound [A3-2] The present intermediate A [Al-2] can be produced by reacting compound [A3-2] with a carbonylating agent or a thiocarbonylating agent in the presence of a base.
  • X when a carbonylating agent is used, X is O; or when a thiocarbonylating agent is used, X is S.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of 0°C to 150°C, preferably 10°C to 60°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of carbonylating agent or thiocarbonylating agent to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, prefer- ably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, relative to compound [A3-2].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 1.0 equivalent to an excess, preferably 1.8 to 2.2 equivalents, relative to compound [A3-2].
  • the carbonylating agent may include phosgene, diphosgene, triphosgene, and l,l'-carbonyldumidazole
  • the thiocarbonylating agent may include thiophosgene and l.l'-thiocarbonyldiimidazole.
  • the base may include organic bases such as triethylamine and pyridine.
  • the solvent may include aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; aHphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; halogenated aromatic hydro- carbons such as monochlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and benzotrifluoride; and mixtures thereof.
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Al-2].
  • the acid to be added may include hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, trifluoro- acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and aqueous solutions thereof.
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of 0°C to 200°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of sulfurizing agent to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [Al-1].
  • the sulfurizing agent may include diphosphorus pentasulfide and lawson reagent.
  • the solvent may include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene.
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [A4-1].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalHzation.
  • the foUowing wiU describe the producing processes for the present intermediates B as the intermediates useful for the production of the present compounds.
  • the present intermediates B can be produced, for example, by the producing processes described in the foUowing Producing Processes Bl to B5.
  • the compound [Bl-2] can be produced by reacting compound [Bl-1] and compound [Al-1] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the / reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaHy in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
  • the amount of compound [Al-1] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [Bl-1].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [Bl-1].
  • the base may include inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride,
  • Hthium hydride sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide
  • metal alcoholates such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide.
  • the solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniHne, triethylamine, and dusoprop
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Bl-2].
  • the acid to be added may include hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, trifluoro- acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and aqueous solutions thereof.
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • the compound [Bl-3] can be produced by reacting compound [Bl-2] and compound [1-2] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of compound [1-2] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [Bl-2].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [Bl-2].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniHne, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniHne, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine
  • inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
  • the solvent may include aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydro- carbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethyl- formamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethyl- aniline, N,N-diethylanifine, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Bl-3].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalHzation.
  • Step of producing compound [Bl-4] from compound [Bl-3] The reaction in this step can be carried out, for example, according to the process described in Synthesis, p. 846 (1994) or by the foUowing process.
  • the present intermediate B [Bl-4] can be produced by reacting compound [Bl-3] with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 150°C, preferably 0°C to 50°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the reaction may also be carried out under increased pressure, preferably under a pressure of 1 to 5 atm.
  • the amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.001% to 100% by weight based on the weight of compound [Bl-3].
  • the catalyst to be used in the reaction may include anhydrous paUadium/carbon and hydrated paUadium/carbons.
  • the solvent may include carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid; esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyro- nitrile; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, t-butanol, amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, and t-amyl alcohol; water; and mixtures thereof.
  • carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid
  • esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate
  • nitriles such
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Bl-4].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • the compound [B2-1] can be produced by reacting compounds [Bl-2] and [2-1] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to
  • reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
  • the amount of compound [2-1] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [Bl-2].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [Bl-2].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- arninopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; metal alcoholates such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- arninopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethyl
  • the solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; aHphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as monochlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and benzotrifluoride; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B2-1].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization. 2) Step of producing compound [B2-2] from compound [B2-1]
  • the present intermediate B [B2-2] can be produced by reacting compound [B2-1] with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 150°C, preferably 0°C to 50°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the reaction may also be carried out under increased pressure, preferably under a pressure of 1 to 5 atm.
  • the amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.001% to 100% by weight based on the weight of compound [B2-1].
  • the catalyst to be used in the reaction may include anhydrous paUadium/carbon and hydrated pafladium/carbons.
  • the solvent may include carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid; esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyro- nitrile; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, t-butanol, amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, and t-amyl alcohol; water; and mixtures thereof.
  • carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid
  • esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate
  • nitriles such
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B2-2].
  • ordinary post-treatments for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B2-2].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalHzation.
  • Step of producing compound [B3-3] from compound [B3-1] The compound [B3-3] can be produced by reacting compounds [B3-1] and [B3-2] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of compound [B3-2] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [B3-1].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [B3-1].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-(Hethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-(Hethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine
  • inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
  • the solvent may include aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, and Hgroin; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; aHphatic halogenated hydro- carbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as monochlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and benzotrifluoride; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane
  • the reaction may be carried out in a shortened reaction time by the addition of a phase transfer catalyst.
  • the amount of phase transfer catalyst is usuaUy in the range of 0.001 mole to an excess for 1 mole of compound [B3-1].
  • the phase transfer catalyst may include tetrabutylammonium bromide and tetrabutylammonium chloride.
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B3-3].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization. 2) Step of producing compound [B3-4] from compound [B3-3]
  • the present intermediate B [B3-4] can be produced by reacting compound [B3-3] with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 150°C, preferably 0°C to 50°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the reaction may also be carried out under increased pressure, preferably under a pressure of 1 to 5 atm.
  • the amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.001% to 100% by weight based on the weight of compound [B3-3].
  • the catalyst to be used in the reaction may include anhydrous paUadium/carbon and hydrated paUadium/carbons.
  • the solvent may include carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid; esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyro- nitrile; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, t-butanol, amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, and t-amyl alcohol; water; and mixtures thereof.
  • carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid
  • esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate
  • nitriles such
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B3-4].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalHzation.
  • the present compound [B4-2] can be produced by reacting compound [B4-1] with a sulfurizing agent.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usually in the range of 0°C to 200°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of sulfurizing agent to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [B4-1].
  • the sulfurizing agent may include diphosphorus pentasulfide and lawson reagent.
  • the solvent may include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene.
  • the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B4-2].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • the compound [B4-3] can be produced by reacting compound [B4-2] with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 150°C, preferably 0°C to 50°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the reaction may also be carried out under increased pressure, preferably under a pressure of 1 to 5 atm.
  • the amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.001% to 100% by weight based on the weight of compound [B4-2].
  • the catalyst to be used in the reaction may include anhydrous paUadium/carbon and hydrated paUadium/carbons.
  • the solvent may include carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid; esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyro- nitrile; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, t-butanol, amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, and t-amyl alcohol; water; and mixtures thereof.
  • carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid
  • esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate
  • nitriles such
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B4-3].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization .
  • R ⁇ R 32 , R 33 , R 202 , R 302 , and X are as defined above.
  • Step of producing compound [B5-1] from compound [Bl-1] The compound [B5-1] can be produced by reacting compounds [Bl-1] and [6-2] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
  • the amount of compound [6-2] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [Bl-1].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [Bl-1].
  • the base may include inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide; and metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide.
  • inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide
  • metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide.
  • the solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylani1ine, N,N-diethylaniHne, triethylamine, and duso
  • reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B5-1].
  • the acid to be added may include hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, trifluoro- acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and aqueous solutions thereof.
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • Step of producing compound [B5-2] from compound [B5-1] The present intermediate B [B5-2] can be produced by reacting compound [B5-1] with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 150°C, preferably 0°C to 50°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the reaction may also be carried out under increased pressure, preferably under a pressure of 1 to 5 atm.
  • the amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.001% to 100% by weight based on the weight of compound [B5-1].
  • the catalyst to be used in the reaction may include anhydrous paUadium/carbon and hydrated paUadium/carbons.
  • the solvent may include carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid; esters such as ethyf formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyro- nitrile; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, t-butanol, amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, and t-amyl alcohol; water; and mixtures thereof.
  • carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid
  • esters such as ethyf formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate
  • nitriles such
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B5-2].
  • ordinary post-treatments for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B5-2].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • the compound [5-2] is commerciaUy avadable or can be produced, for example, according to the process described in "Jikken Kagaku Koza” (Maruzen Co., Ltd.), 4th ed., vol. 19, pp. 363-482.
  • the compound [8-2] is commerciaUy available or can be produced, for example, according to the processes described in Journal of Organic
  • the compounds [9-2] and [11-1] are commerciaUy avaflable or can be produced, for example, according to the process described in Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, vol. 5, p. 1035 (1995).
  • the compounds [6-1] and [A2-1] wherein Z is oxygen can be produced, for example, according to the process described in the foUowing Reference Producing Process 1.
  • the compound [Cl-2] can be produced by reacting compounds [Cl-1] and [2-1] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 150°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
  • the amount of compound [2-1] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [Cl-1].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [Cl-1].
  • the base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and l,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane; inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide; and metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide.
  • organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and l,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane
  • inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium
  • the solvent may include aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; aHphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; ethers such as diethyl ether, dusopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyronitrile; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylform- amide and acetamide; tertiary
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Cl-2].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • the compound [Cl-4] can be produced, for example, according to the processes described in Journal of Organic Chemistry, vol. 60, pp. 7010-7012
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent; however, it may also be carried out without any solvent
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C.
  • the reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
  • the amount of compound [Cl-3] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [Cl-2].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [Cl-2].
  • the base may include pyridine, triethylamine, and dusopropylethyl- amine.
  • the solvent may include chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, water, and mixtures thereof.
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post- treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Cl-4].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • Step of producing compound [Cl-5] from compound [Cl-2] The compound [Cl-5] can be produced from compound [Cl-2], for example, according to the process described in "Jikken Kagaku Koza” (Maruzen Co., Ltd.), 4th ed., vol. 20, pp. 360-365.
  • Step of producing compound [Cl-5] from compound [Cl-4] The compound [Cl-5] can be produced from compound [Cl-4], for example, according to the process described in Journal of the American Chemical Society, vol. 80, pp. 3932-3937 (1958).
  • the compound [6-1] wherein Z is sulfur can be produced, for example, according to the process described in Chemistry Letters, pp. 1385-1386 (1988).
  • the compound [A2-1] wherein Z is sulfur can be produced, for example, by the process described in the foUowing Reference Producing Process 2.
  • the compound [A3-1] can be produced, for example, according to the process described in "Jikken Kagaku Koza” (Maruzen Co., Ltd.), 4th ed., vol. 22, pp. 137-151.
  • the compound [Bl-1] is commerciaUy available or can be produced, for example, according to the process described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, vol. 10, pp. 556-564 (1967).
  • the compounds [8-1] and [B3-1] can be produced according to the process described in the pubHshed specification of WO98/08824, or can also be produced, for example, by the process described in the foUowing Reference
  • R 1 , R 32 , R 201 , R 301 , D, and V are as defined above; and R 206 and R 207 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, d-C 5 alkyl or optionaUy substituted phenyl ⁇ e.g., phenyl, 2-nitrophenyl), with the proviso that R 206 and R 207 are not hydrogen at the same time.
  • the compound [C3-3] can be produced by reacting compounds [C3-1] and [C3-2] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of 0°C to the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 24 hours.
  • the amount of compound [C3-2] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [C3-1].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [C3-1].
  • the base may include N,N-dimethylani1in e and pyridine.
  • the solvent may include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide; and aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene and toluene.
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [C3-3].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • the compound [C3-4] can be produced by reacting compounds [C3-3] and [Al-1] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of 0°C to the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 96 hours.
  • the amount of compound [Al-1] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [C3-3].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [C3-3].
  • the base may include inorganic bases such as sodium hydride; and metal alcoholates such as sodium methylate and sodium ethylate.
  • the solvent may include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide; and aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene and toluene.
  • the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [C3-4].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • the compound [C3-5] can be produced by reacting compounds [C3-4] and [1-2] in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of 0°C to the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 96 hours.
  • the amount of compound [1-2] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [C3-4].
  • the amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [C3-4].
  • the base may include inorganic bases such as sodium hydride, potassium hydroxide, and sodium hydroxide; and metal alcoholates such as sodium methylate and sodium ethylate.
  • the solvent may include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide; and aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene and toluene.
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [C3-5].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • the compound [C3-6] can be produced by reacting compound [C3-5] under the reduction conditions.
  • the reduction conditions for producing compound [C3-6] may include, for example, the foUowing conditions: Reaction Conditions 1
  • the compound [C3-6] is produced by reacting compound [C3-5] with iron powder in the presence of an acid.
  • the reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of room temperature to the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 96 hours.
  • the amount of iron powder to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, relative to compound [C3-5].
  • the amount of acid to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 1 equivalent to an excess, preferably 1 to 10 equivalents, relative to compound [C3-5].
  • the acid may include organic acids such as p-toluenesulf ⁇ nic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid; and inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid and sulfuric acid.
  • the solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, and xylene; halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloro- benzene, and dichlorobenzene; ethers such as diethyl ether, dusopropyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyronitrile; acid amides formamide, N,N-dimethylform-
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [C3-6].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • the compound [C3-6] is produced by reacting compound [C3-5] with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.
  • the reaction is usuaHy carried out in a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of 0°C to 150°C, preferably 0°C to 50°C.
  • the reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 96 hours.
  • the reaction may also be carried out under increased pressure, preferably under a pressure of 1 to 5 atm.
  • the amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.001% to 100% by weight based on the weight of compound [C3-5].
  • the catalyst to be used in the reaction may include anhydrous paUadium/carbon and hydrated paUadium/carbons.
  • the solvent may include aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, and xylene; halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloro- benzene, and dichlorobenzene; ethers such as diethyl ether, dusopropyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate; acid amides such as formamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and acet
  • reaction mixture After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [C3-6].
  • the compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
  • the present compounds have exceUent herbicidal activity and some of them can exhibit exceUent selectivity between crops and weeds. In other words, the present compounds have herbicidal activity against various weeds which may cause some trouble in the foHar treatment and sofl treatment on upland fields, such as Hsted below.
  • Polygonaceous weeds wfld buckwheat ⁇ Polygonum convolvulus), pale smartweed ⁇ Poly- gonum lapathioliuni), Pennsylvania smartweed ⁇ Polygonum pensylvanicum), ladysthumb ⁇ Polygonum persicaria), curly dock ⁇ Rumex crispus), broadleaf dock ⁇ Rumex obtusifolius), Japanese knotweed ⁇ Polygonum cuspidatum)
  • Portulacaceous weeds common purslane ⁇ Portulaca oleracea)
  • CaryophyUaceous weeds common duckweed ⁇ Stellaria media
  • Amaranthaceous weeds redroot pigweed ⁇ Amaranthus retroflexus), smooth pigweed ⁇ Amaranth us hybridus)
  • Cruciferous (brassicaceous) weeds wild radish ⁇ Raphanus raphanistrum) , wfld mustard ⁇ Sinapis arvensis), shepherdpurse ⁇ Capsella bursa-pastoris)
  • Leguminous (fabaceous) weeds hemp sesbania ⁇ Sesbania exaltata), sicklepod ⁇ Cassia obtusifolia), Florida beggarweed ⁇ Desmodium tortuosum), white clover ⁇ Trifolium repens)
  • Violaceous weeds field pansy ( viola arvensis), wfld pansy ( Viola tricolor) Rubiaceous weeds: catch weed bedstraw (cleavers) ⁇ Galium aparine)
  • Convolvulaceous weeds ivyleaf morningglory ⁇ Ipomoea hederacea), taU morningglory ⁇ Ipomoea purpurea), entireleaf morningglory ⁇ Ipomoea hederacea var. integriuscula), pitted morningglory ⁇ Ipomoea lacunosa), field bindweed ⁇ Convolvulus arvensis)
  • Solanaceous weeds jimsonweed ⁇ Datura stramonium), black nightshade ⁇ Solanum nigrum
  • Scrophulariaceous weeds birdseye speedweU ⁇ Veronica persica), ivyleaf speedweU ⁇ Veronica hederaefolia
  • Composite weeds common cocklebur (Xanthium pensylvanicum), common sunflower ⁇ Helianthus annuus), scentless chamo ⁇ le ⁇ Matricaria perforata or inodora), corn marigold ⁇ Chrysanthemum segetum), pineappleweed ⁇ Matricaria matricarioides), common ragweed ⁇ Ambrosia artemisii folia), giant ragweed ⁇ Ambrosia trifida), horseweed ⁇ Erigeron canadensis), Japanese mugwort ⁇ Artemisia princeps), taU goldenrod ⁇ Solidago altissima)
  • Asclepiadaceous weeds common milkweed ⁇ Asclepias syriaca
  • Euphorbiaceous weeds sun spurge ⁇ Euphorbia hehoscopia), spotted spurge ⁇ Euphorbia macula ta
  • Graminaceous weeds barnyardgrass ⁇ Echinochloa crus-galh), green foxtaU ⁇ Setaria viridis), giant foxtail ⁇ Setaria faberi), large crabgrass ⁇ Digitaria sanguinalis), goosegrass ⁇ Eleusine indica), annual bluegrass ⁇ Poa annua), blackgrass ⁇ Alopecurus myosuroides), wfld oats ⁇ Avena fatua), johnsongrass ⁇ Sorghum halepense), quackgrass ⁇ Agropyron repens), downy brome ⁇ Bro us tecto- ru ), bermudagrass ⁇ Cynodon dactylo ⁇ ), faU panicum ⁇ Panicum dichoto- miflorum), Texas panicum ⁇ Panicum texanum), shattercane ⁇ Sorghum vulgare) Commelinaceous weeds: common dayflower ⁇ Commelina communis)
  • Equisetaceous weeds field horsetail ⁇ Equisetum arvense
  • Cyperaceous weeds rice flatsedge ⁇ Cyperus iria), purple nutsedge ⁇ Cyperus rotundus), yeUow nutsedge ⁇ Cyperus esculentus
  • some of the present compounds exhibit no significant phytotoxicity on the main crops such as corn ⁇ Zea mays), wheat ⁇ Triticum aestivum), barley ⁇ Hordeum vulgare), rice ⁇ Oryza sativa), sorghum ⁇ Sorghum bicolor), soybean ⁇ Glycine max), cotton ⁇ Gossypium spp.), sugar beet ( ⁇ vulgaris), peanut ⁇ Arachis hypogaea), sunflower ⁇ Helianthus annuus), and canola ⁇ Brassica napus); horticultural crops such as flowers and ornamental plants; and vegetable crops.
  • main crops such as corn ⁇ Zea mays), wheat ⁇ Triticum aestivum), barley ⁇ Hordeum vulgare), rice ⁇ Oryza sativa), sorghum ⁇ Sorghum bicolor), soybean ⁇ Glycine max), cotton ⁇ Gossypium spp.), sugar beet ( ⁇ vulgaris), peanut ⁇ Arachis hypo
  • the present compounds can also attain the effective control of various weeds which may cause some trouble in the no-tiHage cultivation of soybean ⁇ Glycine max), corn ⁇ Zea mays), wheat ⁇ Triticum aestivum), and other crops. Furthermore, some of the present compounds exhibit no significant phytotoxicity on the crops.
  • the present compounds also have herbicidal activity against various weeds which may cause some trouble in the flooding treatment on paddy fields, such as listed below.
  • Graminaceous weeds barnyardgrass ⁇ Echinochloa oryzicola
  • Cyperaceous weeds smaUflower umbreUa sedge ⁇ Cyperus difformis), hardstem bulrush ⁇ Scirpus juncoides), needle spikerush ⁇ Eleocharis acicularis), water nutgrass ⁇ Cyperus serotinus), water chestnut ⁇ Eleocharis kuroguwai)
  • Pontederiaceous weeds monochoria ⁇ Monochoria vaginalis
  • AHsmataceous weeds arrowhead ⁇ Sagittaria pygmaea), arrowhead ⁇ Sagittaria trifolia), waterplantain ⁇ Alisma canaliculatum
  • Potamogetonaceous weeds roundleaf pondweed ⁇ Potamogeton distinctus
  • UmbeUoferous weeds watercelery sp. ⁇ Oenanthe javanica
  • the present compounds can also attain the control of a wide variety of weeds which are growing or wiH grow in the orchards, grasslands, lawns, forests, waterways, canals, or other non-cultivated lands.
  • the present compounds also have herbicidal activity against various aquatic weeds, such as water hyacinth ⁇ Eichhornia crassipes), which are growing or wiU grow at the waterside such as waterways or canals.
  • the present compounds have substantiaUy the same characteristics as those of the herbicidal compounds disclosed in the pubHshed specification of International Patent Apphcation, WO95/34659.
  • the present compounds can be used at larger rates than those used when ordinary crops without tolerance are cultivated, which makes it possible to control other unfavorable weeds more effectively.
  • the present compounds When used as the active ingredients of herbicides, they are usuaUy mixed with sohd or Hquid carriers or diluents, surfactants, and other auxLHary agents to give emulsifiable concentrates, wettable powders, flowables, granules, concentrated emulsions, water- dispersible granules, or other formulations. These formulations may contain any of the present compounds as an active ingredient at an amount of 0.001 to 80% by weight, preferably 0.005 to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the formulation.
  • the solid carrier or diluent which can be used may include, for example, fine powders or granules of the foUowing materials : mineral mat- ters such as kaolin clay, attapulgite clay, bentonite, acid clay, pyrophyUite, talc, diatomaceous earth, and calcite; organic substances such as walnut sheU powder; water-soluble organic substances such as urea; inorganic salts such as ammonium sulfate; and synthetic hydrated siHcon oxide.
  • mineral mat- ters such as kaolin clay, attapulgite clay, bentonite, acid clay, pyrophyUite, talc, diatomaceous earth, and calcite
  • organic substances such as walnut sheU powder
  • water-soluble organic substances such as urea
  • inorganic salts such as ammonium sulfate
  • synthetic hydrated siHcon oxide synthetic hydrated siHcon oxide
  • the Hquid carrier or diluent which can be used may include, for example, aromatic hydrocarbons such as methylnaphthalene, phenylxylylethane, and alkyl- benzene ⁇ e.g., xylene); alcohols such as isopropanol, ethylene glycol, and 2-ethoxyethanol; esters such as phthahc acid dialkyl esters; ketones such as acetone, cyclohexanone, and isophorone; mineral oils such as machine oU; vegetable ofls such as soybean oil and cottonseed oil; dimethylsulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, N-methylpyrroHdone, and water.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as methylnaphthalene, phenylxylylethane, and alkyl- benzene ⁇ e.g., xylene
  • alcohols such as isopropanol, ethylene glycol
  • the surfactant used for emulsification, dispersing, or spreading may include surfactants of the anionic type, such as alkylsulfates, alkylsulfonates, alkylarylsulfonates, dialkylsulfosuccinates, and phosphates of polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers; and surfactants of the nonionic type, such as polyoxy- ethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block copolymers, sorbitan fatty acid esters, and polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters.
  • surfactants of the anionic type such as alkylsulfates, alkylsulfonates, alkylarylsulfonates, dialkylsulfosuccinates, and phosphates of polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers
  • surfactants of the nonionic type such as polyoxy- ethylene alky
  • the auxiliary agent may include Hgnin sulfonates, alginates, poly- vinyl alcohol, gum arabic, CMC (carboxymethylceUulose), and PAP (isopropyl acid phosphate).
  • the present compounds are usuaUy formulated as described above and then used for pre- or post-emergence sofl, fohar, or flooding treatment of weeds.
  • the sofl treatment may include sofl surface treatment and soil incorporation.
  • the fohar treatment may include appHcation over the plants and directed appHcation in which a chemical is appHed only to weeds so as to keep off the crop plants.
  • the present compounds may often exhibit the enhancement of herbi- cidal activity when used in a ⁇ nixture with other herbicides. They can also be used in admixture with insecticides, acaricides, nematocides, fungicides, bactericides, plant growth regulators, fertilizers, and soil conditioners.
  • Examples of the herbicide which can be used in admixture with the present compounds are atrazine, cyanazine, dimethametryn, metribuzin, prometryn, simazine, simetryn, chlorotoluron, diuron, daimuron, fluo- meturon, isoproturon, linuron, methabenzthiazuron, bromoxynil, ioxynil, ethalfluralin, pendimethalin, trifluralin, acifluorfen, acifluorfen-sodium, bifenox, chlomethoxynil, fomesafen, lactofen, oxadiazon, oxadiargyl, oxy- fluorfen, carfentrazone-ethyl, flumiclorac-pentyl, flumioxazine, fluthiacet- methyl, sulfentrazone, thidiazimin, azafenidin, pyr
  • the appHcation amount is usuaUy in the range of 0.1 to 50,000 g, preferably 1 to 10,000 g, per hectare.
  • emulsifiable concentrates wettable powders, flowables, concentrated emulsions, water- dispersible granules, or other similar formulations
  • they are usuaUy apphed after diluted in their prescribed amounts with water (if necessary, containing an adjuvant such as a spreading agent) at a ratio of 10 to 1000 Hters per hectare.
  • water if necessary, containing an adjuvant such as a spreading agent
  • granules or some types of flowables they are usuaUy apphed as such without any dilution.
  • the adjuvant which can be used, if necessary, may include, in addition to the surfactants as described above, polyoxyethylene resin acids
  • esters Hgnin sulfonates, abietates, diuaphthylmethanecHsulfonates, crop ofl concentrates, and vegetable oils such as soybean oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, and sunflower oil.
  • the present compounds can also be used as the active ingredients of harvesting aids such as defoHants and desiccants for cotton ⁇ Gossipyum spp.), and desiccants for potato ⁇ Solanum tuberosum).
  • the present compounds are usuaUy formulated in the same manner as the case where they are used as the active ingredients of herbicides, and used alone or in admixture with other harvesting aids for foHar treatment before the harvesting of crops.
  • the present invention wiU be further fllustrated by the foUowing production examples, formulation examples, and test examples; however, the present invention is not limited to these examples.
  • the foUowing wiU describe the production examples for the present compounds.
  • the present compounds are designated by their compound numbers which are defined as a combination of the structural formula numbers I to XVT and the sub-group numbers shown in Tables 1 to 30; or as a combination of the structural formula number XVII and the sub-group numbers shown in Tables 31 and 32.
  • the present compound no. 1-285 m.p.: 162.5°C The present compound no. 1-287
  • Step 1 To a mixture of 12.9 g of compound [4-b], 17 ml of tetrahydrofuran, and 50 ml of methylene chloride was added dropwise 4.0 ml of 32% peracetic acid at 0°C. Then, 2.98 g of copper (II) acetate and 3.29 g of compound [1-a] were added thereto, foUowed by warming to 60°C and then stirring for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C. Saturated aqueous sodium hydro gensulfite solution and IN hydrochloric acid were added thereto, foUowed by filtration through CeHte. The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate and then concentrated.
  • Step 3 A mixture of 0.40 g of compound [1-q], 0.07 g of potassium carbonate,
  • the foUowing wfll describe a production example for the present intermediate A.
  • Pyridine is added dropwise to a mixture of 0-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)- hydroxyamine, phenyl chloroformate, and tetrahydrofuran, foUowed by stirring at room temperature.
  • Diluted hydrochloric acid is added to the reaction mixture, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate.
  • the organic layer is dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and then concentrated.
  • the residue is subjected to silica gel column chromatography to give N-phenyloxycarbonyl-0-(2,3-dicMorophenyl)hydroxyamine.
  • Step 3 Sodium hydride is added to N,N-dimethylformamide, to which ethyl is added.
  • the foUowing wiU describe production examples for the present intermediate B.
  • the foUowing wfll describe production examples for intermediates used for the production of the present compounds, as reference production examples.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes, and 33 g of the crude compound [Cl-b] suspended in 200 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide was added dropwise thereto, foUowed by stirring at 100°C for 1 hour and then at 160°C for 1.5 hours. After cooling for 30 minutes, 9.1 ml of methyl iodide was added, and the reaction mixture was left at room temperature overnight. Another 2 ml of methyl iodide was added thereto, foUowed by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water, and diluted hydrochloric acid was added thereto, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate.
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are those as shown in Tables 1 to 30.
  • R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are those as shown in Tables 31 and 32.
  • the foUowing wiU describe formulation examples.
  • the present compounds are designated by their compound numbers ⁇ i.e., chemical formula number - sub-group number) and parts are by weight.
  • Cylindrical plastic pots of 10 cm in diameter and 10 cm in depth were filled with soil, seeded with velvetleaf ⁇ Abutilon theophrasti), and kept in a greenhouse for 7 days.
  • Cylindrical plastic pots of 10 cm in diameter and 10 cm in depth were fiUed with soU and seeded with velvetleaf ⁇ Abutilon theophrasti).
  • Test Example 3 Cylindrical plastic pots of 9 cm in diameter and 11 cm of depth were filled with soil, seeded with barnyardgrass ⁇ Echinochloa oryzicola), flooded into a paddy field, and kept in a greenhouse for 12 days.
  • the uracil compounds of the present invention are useful as active ingredients of herbicides because of their exceUent herbicidal activity.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Agronomy & Crop Science (AREA)
  • Pest Control & Pesticides (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Dentistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Environmental Sciences (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Agricultural Chemicals And Associated Chemicals (AREA)

Abstract

Uracil compounds of general formula (i) wherein R1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, or alkyl; R2 is alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, N(R61)R62, or N=C(R61)R62, wherein R?61 and R62¿ are the same or different and independently hydrogen, alkyl, or haloalkyl; R3 is alkyl or haloalkyl; or R?2 and R3¿ may be combined at their ends to form optionally fluorine-substituted trimethylene or optionally fluorine-substituted tetramethylene; Q is optionally substituted phenyl; and X, Y, and Z are the same or different and independently oxygen or sulfur, have excellent herbicidal activity.

Description

URACIL HERBICIDES
Technical Field
The present invention relates to 3-phenyloxyuracil and 3-phenylthio- uracil compounds, their use, and intermediates for their production.
Disclosure of Invention The present inventors have extensively studied to find compounds having excellent herbicidal activity. As a result, they have found that uracil compounds of the general formula depicted below have excellent herbicidal activity, thereby completing the present invention.
Thus, the present invention provides uracil compounds of the general formula:
Figure imgf000003_0001
(hereinafter referred to as the present compound(s)) wherein R1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, or C^C., alkyl;
R2 is CrC3 alkyl, CrC3 haloalkyl, C3-C6 alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, N(R61)R62, or N=C(R61)R62, wherein R61 and R62 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, 0,-03 al yl. or Cι-C3 haloalkyl; R3 is Cj-Ca alkyl or C,-C3 haloalkyl; or
R2 and R3 may be combined at their ends to form optionally fluorine- substituted trimethylene or optionally fluorine-substituted tetramethylene; is optionally substituted phenyl; and X, Y, and Z are the same or different and independently oxygen or sulfur; and herbicides containing these compounds as active ingredients.
The present invention further provides uracil compounds useful as the intermediates for the production of the present compounds, that is, uracil compounds of the general formula:
Figure imgf000004_0001
(hereinafter referred to as intermediate(s) A) wherein E1, R3, Q, X, Y, and Z are as defined above; and uracil compounds of the general formula:
Figure imgf000004_0002
(hereinafter referred to as intermediate^) B) wherein R1, X, Y, and Z are as defined above; R200 is hydrogen,
Figure imgf000004_0003
alkyl, Ci-Ca haloalkyl, C3-C6 alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, or N(R61)R62 wherein R61 and R62 are as defined above; R300 is 0,-0, haloalkyl; or R200 and R300 may be combined at their ends to form optionally fluorine-substituted trimethylene or optionally fluorine-substituted tetramethylene.
Mode for Carrying Out the Invention For the elements or groups represented by R1, halogen may include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine; and C,-C3 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl.
For the groups represented by R2, C,-C3 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl; Cj-Cg haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, and 1,1-difluoroethyl; C3-C6 alkenyl may include allyl, l-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-methyl-3-butenyl; and C3-C6 alkynyl may include propargyl, l-methyl-2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, and l,l-dimethyl-2-propynyl.
For the groups represented by R3, Ci-Cg alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl; and C,-C3 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and 1,1-difluoroethyl.
For the groups represented by R2 and R3 which are combined at their ends, optionally fluorine-substituted trimethylene may include trimethylene, 1,1,2-trifluorotrimethylene, and 2,3,3-trifluorotrimethylene; and optionally fluorine-substituted tetramethylene may include tetramethylene. For the groups represented by R61 or R62, C,-C3 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl; and C,-C3 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, and chlorodifluoromethyl.
For the groups represented by Q, optionally substituted phenyl may include groups of the general formula:
Figure imgf000005_0001
wherein R4 is hydrogen, halogen, C^ , alkyl, or C,-C3 haloalkyl;
R5 is hydrogen, halogen, N02, CN, C C3 alkoxy, CrC3 alkyl, or C -C3 haloalkyl;
R6 is hydrogen, halogen, 0,-0; alkyl, C,-C6 haloalkyl, OR9, SR10, N(Rn)R12, COOR13, COOM, COR14, SO2R15, N02, CN, CR20=C(R16)R17, or CR18=NOR19;
R7 is hydrogen, halogen, C,-C6 alkyl, C,-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxy C,-C, alkyl, C,-C6 alkoxy C,-C6 alkyl, OR39, SR40, N(R41)R42, COOR43, COOM, COR 44
S02R45, N02, CN, CR^COHR47, or CR48=NOR49; and R8 is hydrogen, halogen, C,-C6 alkyl, C^Ce haloalkyl, hydroxy Ci-Ce alkyl, C C6 alkoxy C,-C6 alkyl, OR69, SR70, N(R71)R72, NR71N(R70)R72,
NR71OR69, COOR73, COOM, COR74, SO2R75, NO2, CN, CR80=C(R76)R77, or
CR78=NOR79; wherein R9, R39, and R69 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, 0,-0,0 alkyl, C, -C10 haloalkyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 halo- alkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, C3-C8 haloalkynyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkenyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkenyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl C,-C3 alkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkyl CrC3 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkenyl Cj-Ca alkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkenyl
Figure imgf000006_0001
alkyl, (Ci-Cs alkyl)carbonyl, (C!-C5 haloalkyl)carbonyl, (C3-C6 cycloalkyl)carbonyl,
(C3-C6 halocycloalkyl)carbonyl, (Ci-Ce alkyl)carbonyl
Figure imgf000006_0002
alkyl, (C C6 haloalkyl)carbonyl C,-C6 alkyl, (CrC6 alkoxy)carbonyl, (Ci-Ce haloalkoxy)carbonyl, (C3-C10 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl, (C3-C10 halocyclo- alkoxy)carbonyl, carboxy C,-C5 alkyl, (hydroxy Cj-Cg alkoxy)carbonyl C,-C5 alkyl, (C,-C10 alkoxy)carbonyl C,-C5 alkyl,
Figure imgf000006_0003
haloalkoxy)- carbonyl C,-C5 alkyl, tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonyl C,-C6 alkyl, tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonyl Cj-Ce alkyl, {(Ci-Ce alkoxy) Cj-Cβ alkoxy}carbonyl C,-C6 alkyl, [{(Cj-Cg alkoxy)carbonyl} CrC6 alkoxy]- carbonyl C,-C6 alkyl, [2-aza-2-(CrC3 alkoxy)- 1-{(C,-C3 alkoxy)- carbonyl}vinyl] C^ , alkyl, (C3-C10 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl CrC5 alkyl,
(C3-C10 halocycloalkoxy)carbonyl C C5 alkyl, aminocarbonyl C^CQ alkyl, (C,-C6 alkylamino)carbonyl C,-C6 alkyl, (C3-C8 alkenyloxy)- carbonyl Ci-Ce alkyl, (C3-C8 alkynyloxy)carbonyl C,-C6 alkyl, hydroxy Ci-Ce alkyl, CrC6 alkoxy CrC6 alkyl, C,-C6 haloalkoxy Cj-Cg alkyl, mercapto C,-C6 alkyl, Cj-Cg alkylthio
Figure imgf000007_0001
alkyl, Cj-Cg haloalkylthio Ci-Cg alkyl, cyano C C4 alkyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, optionally substituted phenyl, (optionally substituted phenyl) C^Cg alkyl, optionally substituted phenylcarbonyl, or SO2R22;
R10, R40, and R70 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, CyC^ alkyl, C,-C10 haloalkyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 halo- alkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, C3-C8 haloalkynyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkenyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkenyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl C, -C3 alkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkyl CrC3 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkenyl CrC3 alkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkenyl CyCg alkyl, (C^Cs alkyl)carbonyl, (CyCs haloalkyl)carbonyl, (C3-C6 cycloalkyl)carbonyl, (C3-C6 halocycloalkyl)carbonyl, (C C6 alkyl)carbonyl C, -C6 alkyl, (Cj-Cg haloalkyl)carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl,
Figure imgf000007_0002
haloalkoxy)carbonyl, (C3-C10 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl, (C3-C10 halocyclo- alkoxy)carbonyl, carboxy C,-C5 alkyl, (hydroxy
Figure imgf000007_0003
alkoxy)carbonyl CrC5 alkyl, (C,-C10 alkoxy)carbonyl C,-C5 alkyl, (C,-C10 haloalkoxy)- carbonyl CrC5 alkyl, {(C C6 alkoxy) C C6 alkoxy}carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl, (C3-C10 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl Cj-C3 alkyl, (C3-C10 halocyclo- alkoxy)carbonyl CJ-CB alkyl, aminocarbonyl Ci-Cg alkyl, (C,-C6 alkyl- amino)carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl, hydroxy
Figure imgf000007_0004
alkyl, C,-C6 alkoxy CrC6 alkyl, C,-C6 haloalkoxy CyCβ alkyl, mercapto Cj-Cg alkyl, Cj-Cβ alkylthio C,-C6 alkyl, Ci-Cg haloalkylthio Cj-Cg alkyl, cyano C C4 alkyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, optionally substituted phenyl, (optionally substituted phenyl) C!-C3 alkyl, or optionally substituted phenylcarbonyl;
Ru, R12, R41, R42, R71, and R72 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, C,-Cι0 alkyl, C^C^ haloalkyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 haloalkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, C3-C8 haloalkynyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkenyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkenyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl CrC3 alkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkyl
Figure imgf000008_0001
alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkenyl Cj-Cg alkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkenyl CrC3 alkyl, (CrC5 alkyl)carbonyl, (C,-C5 haloalkyl)carbonyl, (C3-C6 cycloalkyl)carbonyl,
(C3-C6 halocycloalkyl)carbonyl, (C,-C6 alkyl)carbonyl C,-C6 alkyl, (Ci-Cg haloalkyl)carbonyl C,-C6 alkyl,
Figure imgf000008_0002
alkoxy)carbonyl,
Figure imgf000008_0003
haloalkoxy)carbonyl, (C3-C10 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl, (Ca-C10 halo- cycloalkoxy)carbonyl, carboxy Cj-Cg alkyl, (hydroxy C,-Cε alkoxy)- carbonyl C^Cs alkyl, (C, -C10 alkoxy)carbonyl C C5 alkyl, (C, -C10 haloalkoxy)carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl, (C3-C10 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl, (C3-C10 halocycloalkoxy)carbonyl Cj-C3 alkyl, aminocarbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl,
Figure imgf000008_0005
alkylamino)carbonyl
Figure imgf000008_0004
alkyl, hydroxy CyCg alkyl, C C6 alkoxy CrCg alkyl, C, -C6 haloalkoxy C C6 alkyl, mercapto Ci-Cg alkyl, {(Cι-C6 alkoxy) Cj-Cg alkoxy}carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl, C,-C6 alkylthio CrC6 alkyl, CrC6 haloalkylthio C, -C6 alkyl, cyano C,-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, (optionally substituted phenyl) Cj-Cg alkyl, (optionally substituted phenyl)((C, -C10 alkoxy)carbonyl) C,-C3 alkyl, optionally substituted phenylcarbonyl, SR34, SOR21, or SO2R22;
R13, R43, and R73 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, C^C^ alkyl, CrC10 haloalkyl, C3-C10 alkenyl, C3-C10 haloalkenyl, C3-C10 alkynyl, C3-C10 haloalkynyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C8 halocycloalkyl, N(R23)R24, N=C(R23)R24, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetra- hydropyranyl, carboxy C C5 alkyl, (C3-C8 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl Cj-C3 alkyl, (C3-C8 alkenyloxy)carbonyl
Figure imgf000008_0006
alkyl, (C3-C8 alkynyloxy)- carbonyl C, -C6 alkyl, tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonyl C, -C6 alkyl, tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonyl C,-C6 alkyl, (Cj-Cg alkoxy) carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl, or (Cι-C5 haloalkoxy)carbonyl Ci-Cg alkyl;
R14, R44, and R74 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, chlorine, Cj-Cg alkyl, Cj-Cg haloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halocycloalkyl, or N(R25)R26; R15, R45, and R75 are the same or different and independently chlorine, d-Cu alkyl, d-do haloalkyl, N(R27)R28, or OR29;
R16, R46, and R76 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, halogen, or Cj-C3 alkyl;
R17, R47, and R77 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, COOR30, cyano, or Cι-C5 alkyl;
R18, R48, and R78 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, Cι-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or C3-C6 halocycloalkyl;
R19, R49, and R79 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, Ci-C10 alkyl, Cι-C10 haloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halocycloalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl d-C3 alkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkyl Cι-C3 alkyl, C3-C5 alkenyl, C3-C5 haloalkenyl, C3-C5 alkynyl, C3-C5 haloalkynyl, carboxy d-C3 alkyl, (Ci-Cg alkoxy)carbonyl Ci-C3 alkyl, (Ci-C5 haloalkoxy)carbonyl Cι-C3 alkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, or (optionally substituted phenyl) Cι-C3 alkyl;
R20, R50, and R80 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, chlorine, Cj-Cg alkyl, Ci-C5 haloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or C3-C6 halocycloalkyl; and
M is an alkali metal; wherein R34 is d-C10 alkyl, Cι-C10 haloalkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl;
R21 is Cj-Cio alkyl, d-Cio haloalkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C8 halocycloalkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl; R22 is Ci-Cio alkyl, CrC10 haloalkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C8 halocycloalkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl;
R23 is hydrogen or Cι-Cε alkyl;
R24 is hydrogen, Ci-Cg alkyl, Cι-C5 haloalkyl or optionally substituted phenyl;
R25 is hydrogen, d-Cι0 alkyl, d-C10 haloalkyl, SO2H,
Cj-Cg alkylsulfonyl, C3-Cι0 cycloalkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkyl, carboxy Cι-C3 alkyl, (Ci-C5 alkoxy)carbonyl d-C3 alkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, d-C10 alkylsulfinyl, Cι-C10 halo alkylsulfinyl, C3-C8 cycloalkylsulfinyl, C3-C8 halocyclo- alkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted phenylsulfinyl, Cι-C10 alkylsulfonyl, d-C10 haloalkylsulfonyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl- sulfonyl, C3-C8 halocycloalkylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted phenylsulfonyl; R26 is hydrogen, d-C10 alkyl, or Ci-Cι0 haloalkyl;
R27 is hydrogen, d-C5 alkyl, or Cι-C5 haloalkyl;
R28 is hydrogen, d-C10 alkyl, or Ci-Cjo haloalkyl;
R29 is Cι-C10 alkyl; and
R30 is hydrogen, d-C10 alkyl, C C10 haloalkyl, C3-C 10 cycloalkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl.
For the elements or groups represented by R4, halogen may include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine; d-C3 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl; and d-C3 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, and 1,1-difluoroethyl.
For the elements or groups represented by R5, halogen may include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine; Cι-C3 alkoxy may include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, and isopropoxy; Cι-C3 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl; and CrC3 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, and 1,1-difluoroethyl. For the elements or groups represented by R6, halogen may include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine; d-C6 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, normal (hereinafter abbreviated to n-) pentyl, and n-butyl; and Ci-Cg haloalkyl may include chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1-difluoroethyl, 1,1-difluorohexyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, and 5,5,5, 1,1-pentafluoropentyl.
For the elements or groups represented by R7, halogen may include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine; Cι-C6 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-pentyl, and n-butyl; Ci-Cg haloalkyl may include chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1-difluoroethyl, 1,1-difluorohexyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, and 5,5,5, 1,1-pentafluoropentyl; hydroxy Ci-Cg alkyl may include hydroxy - methyl and 2-hydroxyethyl; and d-C6 alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl may include methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, and 2-ethoxyethyl.
For the elements or groups represented by R8, halogen may include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine; Cj-Cg alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-pentyl, and n-butyl; Cι-C6 haloalkyl may include chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1-difluoroethyl, 1,1-difluorohexyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, and 5,5,5, 1,1-pentafluoropentyl; hydroxy Cj-Cg alkyl may include hydroxy- methyl, 1 -hydroxy ethyl, and 2-hydroxyethyl; and d-C6 alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl may include methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, and 2-ethoxy- ethyl.
For the groups represented by R9, R39, or R69, d-C10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 2-butyl, isoamyl, and n-octyl; d-C10 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifJuoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-amyl, and 7-bromoheptyl; C3-C8 alkenyl may include allyl, l-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl,2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-methyl-3-butenyl; C3-C8 haloalkenyl may include 2-chloro-2-propenyl and 3,3-dichloro-2-propenyl; C3-C8 alkynyl may include propargyl, l-methyl-2- propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, and l,l-dimethyl-2-propynyl; C3-C8 haloalkynyl may include 3-iodo-2-propynyl and 3-bromo-2-propynyl; C3-Cι0 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and 4,4-dimethyl- cyclohexyl; C3-Cι0 halocycloalkyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentyl and 3,4- dichlorocyclohexyl; C3-Cι0 cycloalkenyl may include 2-cyclohexenyl; C3-Cι0 halocycloalkenyl may include 4-chloro-2-cyclohexenyl; C3-Cι0 cycloalkyl Cι-C3 alkyl may include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclop entylm ethyl, and cyclohexyl - ethyl; C3-Cι0 halocycloalkyl Cι-C3 alkyl may include 2-fluoroc clopentyl- methyl and 3,4-dichlorocyclohexylethyl; C3-C10 cycloalkenyl d-C3 alkyl may include 2-cyclohexenylmethyl; C3-Cι0 halocycloalkenyl Cι-C3 alkyl may include 4-chloro-2-cyclohexenylmethyl; (Cι-C5 alkyl) carbonyl may include methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl, and propylcarbonyl; (Cj-Cg haloalkyl)- carbonyl may include chloromethylcarbonyl, fluoromethylcarbonyl, trifluoro- methylcarbonyl, dichloromethylcarbonyl, pentafluoropropylcarbonyl, and 2-chloroethylcarbonyl; (C3-C6 cycloalkyl)carbonyl may include cyclopropyl- carbonyl; (C3-C6 halocycloalkyl)carbonyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentyl- carbonyl, 2,2-difluorocyclopentylcarbonyl, and 3,4-dichlorocyclohexyl- carbonyl; (Ci-C6 alkyl)carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl may include methylcarbonyl- methyl and ethylcarbonylmethyl; (Cj-Cg haloalkyl)carbonyl Cι-C6 alkyl may include f uoromethylcarbonylmethyl, 2-chloroethylcarbonylmethyl, 2-fluoroethylcarbonylmethyl, and trifluoromethylcarbonylmethyl; (Cι-C6 alkoxy)carbonyl may include methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxy- carbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, amyloxycarbonyl, isopropoxy- carbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, and isoamyloxycarbonyl; (d-C6 haloalkoxy)- carbonyl may include chloromethyloxycarbonyl, 2-fluoroethyloxycarbonyl, 2-chloropropyloxycarbonyl, 3-chlorobutyloxycarbonyl, l-chloro-2-propyloxy- carbonyl, l,3-dichloro-2-propyloxycarbonyl, 2,2-dichloroethyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyloxycarbonyl, and 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxycarbonyl; (C3-C10 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl may include cyclop ropyloxycarb on yl, cyclobutyloxy- carbonyl, cyclopentyloxycarbonyl, and cyclohexyloxycarbonyl; (C3-C10 halo- cycloalkoxy)carbonyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentyloxycarbonyl, and 3,4- dichlorocyclohexyloxycarbonyl; carboxy d-C5 alkyl may include carboxy- methyl, 2-carboxyethyl, and 1-carboxyethyl; (hydroxy Cι-C5 alkoxy)carbonyl Ci-C5 alkyl may include hydroxymethoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-(hydroxy- methoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-hydroxyethoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-(2-hydroxy- ethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, and l-(2-hydroxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl; (d-C10 alkoxy)- carbonyl CrC5 alkyl may include methoxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxycarbonyl- methyl, propoxycarbonylmethyl, isopropoxycarbonylmethyl, butoxycarbonyl- methyl, isobutoxycarbonylmethyl, t-butoxycarbonylmethyl, amyloxy- carbonylmethyl, isoamyloxycarbonylmethyl, t-amyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1-methoxycarbonylethyl, 1-ethoxycarbonylethyl, 1-propoxycarbonylethyl, 1-isopropoxycarbonylethyl, 1-butoxycarbonylethyl, 1-isobutoxycarbonylethyl, 1-t-butoxycarbonylethyl, 1-amyloxycarbonylethyl, and 1-isoamyloxy- carbonylethyl; (Cι-Cι0 haloalkoxy)carbonyl d-C5 alkyl may include chloro- methyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2-fJuoroethyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2-chloropropyl- oxycarbonylmethyl, 3-chlorobutyloxycarbonylm ethyl, l-chloro-2-propyloxy- carbonylmethyl, l,3-dichloro-2-propyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2,2-dichloroethyl- oxycarbonylmethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyloxycarbonylmethyl, and 2-(2,2,2- trichloroethyloxycarbonyl) ethyl; tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonyl CrC6 alkyl may include 2-tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonylmethyl, 3-tetrahydrofuranyl- oxycarbonylmethyl, l-(2-tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(3-tetra- hydrofuranyloxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2 -(2 -tetrahydrofuran yloxycarbonyl)ethyl, and 2-(3-tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonyl)ethyl; tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonyl Cι- C6 alkyl may include 2 -tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonylmethyl, 3-tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonylmethyl, l-(2-tetrahydrop ranyloxy- carbonyl)ethyl, l-(3-tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-(2-tetrahydro- pyranyloxycarbonyl)ethyl, and 2-(3-tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonyl)ethyl; {(Cι-C6 alkoxy) Cj-Cg alkoxy} carbonyl Ci-Cg alkyl may include methoxy- methoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-(methoxymethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(methoxy- methoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(ethoxymethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(propoxy- methoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(isopropoxymethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(l-methoxy- ethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(l-ethoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(2-methoxy- ethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(2-ethoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(2-propoxyethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, l-(2-isopropoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-(2-methoxyethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-(2-propoxyethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, and 2-(2-isopropoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl; [{(Ci-Cg alkoxy)- carbonyl} Ci-C6 alkoxy]carbonyl Cι-C6 alkyl may include {(methoxy- carbonyl)methoxycarbonyl}methyl, 2-{(methoxycarbonyl)methoxycarbonyl}- ethyl, 2-{l-(methoxycarbonyl)ethoxycarbonyl}ethyl, and 2-{l-methyl- l- (methoxycarbonyl)ethoxycarbonyl}ethyl; [2-aza-2-(Cι-C3 alkoxy)- l-{(Cι-C3 alkoxy)carbonyl}vinyl] Cι-C3 alkyl may include 3-aza-3-methoxy-2-methoxy- carbonyl-3-propenyl, 3-aza-3-ethoxy-2-methoxycarbonyl-3-propenyl, 3-aza-3- methoxy-2-ethoxycarbonyl-3-propenyl, and 3-aza-3-ethoxy-2-methoxy- carbonyl-3-propenyl; (C3-Cι0 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl Cι-C5 alkyl may include cyclopropyloxycarbonylmethyl, cyclobutyloxycarbonylmethyl, cyclopentyl- oxycarbonylmethyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1-cyclobutyloxycarbonyl- ethyl, 1-cyclopentyloxycarbonylethyl, 1-cyclohexyloxycarbonylethyl, 2-cyclo- butyloxycarbonylethyl, 2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylethyl, and 2-cyclohexyloxy- carbonylethyl; (C3-Cι0 halocycloalkoxy)carbonyl Cι-C5 alkyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentyloxycarbonylmethyl and 2-(3,4-dichlorocyclohexyloxy- carbonyl)ethyl; aminocarbonyl Cι-C6 alkyl may include aminocarbonylmethyl, 1-aminocarbonylethyl, and 2-aminocarbonylethyl; (Cj-Cg alkylamino)- carbonyl d-C6 alkyl may include methylaminocarbonylmethyl, ethylamino- carbonylmethyl, 1-methylaminocarbonylethyl, l-(ethylaminocarbonyl)ethyl, l-(propylaminocarbonyl)ethyl, 2-methylaminocarbonylethyl, and 2-(ethyl- aminocarbonyl)ethyl; (C3-C8 alkenyloxy)carbonyl Cι-C6 alkyl may include allyloxycarbonylmethyl, l-methyl-2-propenyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2-methyl- 2-propenyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2-butenyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1-allyloxy- carbonylethyl, l-(2-methyl-2-propenyloxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-allyloxycarbonyl- ethyl, and 2-(2-methyl-2-propenyloxycarbonyl)ethyl; (C3-C8 alkynyloxy)- carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl may include propargyloxycarbonylmethyl, l-methyl-2- propynyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1-propargyloxycarbonylethyl, l-(l-methyl-2- propynyloxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-propargyloxycarbonylethyl, and 2-(l-methyl-2- propynyloxycarbonyl)ethyl; hydroxy Cι-C6 alkyl may include hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, and 2-hydroxyethyl; d-C6 alkoxy CrC6 alkyl may include methoxymethyl, 1-methoxyethyl, and ethoxymethyl; Ci-Cg haloalkoxy -Cg alkyl may include 2,2,2-trifTuoroethoxymethyl; mercapto Cι-C6 alkyl may include mercaptomethyl, 1-mercaptoethyl, and 2-mercaptoethyl; Cι-C6 alkylthio Cι-C6 alkyl may include methylthiomethyl, 1-methylthioethyl, and ethylthiomethyl; d-C6 haloalkylthio Cι-C6 alkyl may include 2,2,2-trifluoro- ethylthiomethyl; cyano CrC4 alkyl may include cyanomethyl, cyanoethyl, and 1-methylcyanoethyl; tetrahydrofuranyl may include 2-tetrahydrofuranyl and 3-tetrahydrofuranyl; tetrahydropyranyl may include 2-tetrahydro- pyranyl and 3-tetrahydropyranyl; optionally substituted phenyl may include phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 2-trifJuoromethylphenyl, 2-methoxy- phenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-trifJuoromethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, and 2,5- dichlorophenyl; (optionally substituted phenyl) Ci-Cg alkyl may include benzyl, phenethyl, 1-methylbenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 4-chloro- benzyl, 2-methoxybenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, and 4-methoxybenzyl; and optionally substituted phenylcarbonyl may include benzoyl, 2-chlorobenzoyl, 3-chlorobenzoyl, 4-chlorobenzoyl, 2,3-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,5-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl, and 3,4-dichlorobenzoyl.
For the groups represented by R10, R40, or R70, Ci-Cι0 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 2-butyl, isoamyl, and n-octyl; Cι-C10 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifiuoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-amyl, and 10-bromoheptyl; C3-C8 alkenyl may include allyl, l-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-methyl-3-butenyl; C3-C8 haloalkenyl may include 2-chloro-2-propenyl and 3,3-dichloro-2-propenyl; C3-C8 alkynyl may include propargyl, l-methyl-2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, and l, l-dimethyl-2-propynyl; C3-C8 haloalkynyl may include 3-iodo-2-propynyl, and 3-bromo-2-propynyl; C3-C10 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and 4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl; C3-C10 halo- cycloalkyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentyl and 3,4-dichlorocyclohexyl; C3-Cι0 cycloalkenyl may include 2-cyclohexenyl; C3-Cι0 halocycloalkenyl may include 4-chloro-2-cyclohexenyl; C3-Cι0 cycloalkyl Cι-C3 alkyl may include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclop en tylmethyl, and cyclohexylethyl; C3-Cι0 halocycloalkyl Cι-C3 alkyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentylmethyl and 2-(3,4-dichloro- cyclohexyl)ethyl; C3-Cι0 cycloalkenyl Cι-C3 alkyl may include 2-cyclohexenylmethyl; Cg-Cio halocycloalkenyl Cι-C3 alkyl may include 4-chloro-2-cyclo- hexenylmethyl; (Cι-C5 alkyl)carbonyl may include methylcarbonyl, ethyl- carbonyl, and propylcarbonyl; (Ci-Cg haloalkyl)carbonyl may include chloro- methylcarbonyl, fluoromethylcarbonyl, trifluoromethylcarbonyl, dichloro- methylcarbonyl, pentafluoropropylcarbonyl, and 2-chloroethylcarbonyl; (C3-C6 cycloalkyl)carbonyl may include cyclopropylcarbonyl; (C3-C6 halocyclo- alkyl)carbonyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentylcarbonyl, 2,2-difluorocyclo- pentylcarbonyl, and 3,4-dichlorocyclohexylcarbonyl; (Cι-C6 alkyl)carbonyl d- alkyl may include methylcarbonylmethyl, ethylcarbonylmethyl, and ethylcarbonylmethyl; (Cι-C6 haloalkyl)carbonyl Ci-Cg alkyl may include fluorom ethylcarbonylmethyl, 2-chloroethylcarbonylmethyl, 2-fluoroethyl- carbonylmethyl, and 3,3,3-trifluoromethylcarbonylmethyl; (d-C6 alkoxy)- carbonyl may include methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, amyloxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, and isoamyloxycarbonyl; (Cι-C6 haloalkoxy)carbonyl may include chloromethyloxycarbonyl, 2-fluoroethyloxycarbonyl, 2-chloropropyl- oxycarbonyl, 3-chlorobutyloxycarbonyl, l-chloro-2-propyloxycarbonyl, 1,3-di- chloro-2-propyloxycarbonyl, 2,2-dichloroethyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2-trifiuoro- ethyloxycarbonyl, and 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxycarbonyl; (C3-Cι0 cycloalkoxy)- carbonyl may include cyclopropyloxycarbonyl, cyclobutyloxycarbonyl, cyclo- pentyloxycarbonyl, and cyclohexyloxycarbonyl; (C3-Cι0 halocycloalkoxy)- carbonyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentyloxycarbonyl, and 3,4-dichlorocyclo- hexyloxycarbonyl; carboxy Cι-C5 alkyl may include carboxymethyl, 2-carboxyethyl, and 1-carboxyethyl; (hydroxy Cι-C5 alkoxy)carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl may include hydroxymethoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-(hydroxymethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, 2-hydroxyethoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, and l-(2-hydroxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl; (Cι-C10 alkoxy)- carbonyl d- 5 alkyl may include methoxycarbonylm ethyl, ethoxycarbonyl- methyl, propoxycarbonylmethyl, isopropoxycarbonylmethyl, butoxycarbonyl- methyl, isobutoxycarbonylmethyl, t-butoxycarbonylmethyl, amyloxy- carbonylmethyl, isoamyloxycarbonylmethyl, t-amyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1-methoxycarbonylethyl, 1-ethoxycarbonylethyl, 1-propoxycarbonylethyl, 1-isopropoxycarbonylethyl, 1-butoxycarbonylethyl, 1-isobutoxycarbonylethyl, 1-t-butoxycarbonylethyl, 1-amyloxycarbonylethyl, and 1-isoamyloxy- carbonylethyl; (d-C10 haloalkoxy)carbonyl Cι-C5 alkyl may include chloro- methyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2-fluoroethyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2-chloropropyl- oxycarbonylm ethyl, 3-chlorobutyloxycarbonylmethyl, l-chloro-2-propyloxy- carbonylmethyl, l,3-dichloro-2-propyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2,2-dichloroethyl- oxycarbonylmethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyloxycarbonylmethyl, and 2,2,2-tri- chloroethyloxycarbonylethyl; {(Cι-C6 alkoxy) Cι-C6 alkoxy} carbonyl d-C6 alkyl may include methoxymethoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-(methoxymethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, l-(methoxymethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(ethoxymethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, l-(propoxymethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(isopropoxymethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, l-(l-methoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(l-ethoxyethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, l-(2-methoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(2-ethoxyethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, l-(2-propoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(2-isopropoxyethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, 2-(2-methoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, 2-(2-propoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, and 2-(2-isopropoxy- ethoxycarbonyl)ethyl; (C3-Cι0 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl Cι-C5 alkyl may include cyclopropyloxycarbonylmethyl, cyclobutyloxycarbonylmethyl, cyclopentyl- oxycarbonylmethyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1-cyclobutyloxycarbonyl- ethyl, 1-cyclopentyloxycarbonylethyl, and 1 -cyclohexyl oxycarbonylethyl; (C3-Ci0 halocycloalkoxy)carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl may include 2-fluorocyclo- pentyloxycarbonylmethyl and 2-(3,4-dichlorocyclohexyloxycarbonyl)ethyl; aminocarbonyl d-C6 alkyl may include aminocarbonylmethyl, 1-amino- carbonylethyl, and 2-aminocarbonylethyl; (Ci-Cg alkylamino)carbonyl Cι-C6 alkyl may include methylaminocarbpnylmethyl, ethylaminocarbonylmethyl, 1-methylaminocarbonylethyl, l-(ethylaminocarbonyl)ethyl, l-(propylamino- carbonyl)ethyl, 2-methylaminocarbonylethyl, and 2-(ethylaminocarbonyl)- ethyl; hydroxy Cι-C6 alkyl may include hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxy ethyl, and 2-hydroxyethyl; d-C6 alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl may include methoxymethyl, 1-methoxyethyl, and ethoxymethyl; Cι-C6 haloalkoxy CrC6 alkyl may include 2,2,2-trifJuoroethoxymethyl; mercapto C -C6 alkyl may include mercapto- methyl, 1-mercaptoethyl, and 2-mercaptoethyl; Cj-Cg alkylthio d-C6 alkyl may include methylthiomethyl, 1-methylthioethyl, and ethylthiomethyl; Cj-Cg haloalkylthio Ci-Cg alkyl may include 2,2,2-trifluoroethylthiomethyl; cyano Cι-C4 alkyl may include cyanomethyl, cyanoethyl, and 1-methyl- cyanoethyl; tetrahydrofuranyl may include 2 -tetrahydrofuranyl and 3-tetra- hydrofuranyl; tetrahydropyranyl may include 2 -tetrahydropyranyl and 3-tetrahydropyranyl; optionally substituted phenyl may include phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, and 2,5- dichlorophenyl; (optionally substituted phenyl) d-C3 alkyl may include benzyl, phenethyl, 1-methylbenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 4-chloro- benzyl, 2-methoxybenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, and 4-methoxybenzyl; and optionally substituted phenylcarbonyl may include benzoyl, 2-chlorobenzoyl, 3-chlorobenzoyl, 4-chlorobenzoyl, 2,3-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,5-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl, and 3,4-dichlorobenzoyl.
For groups represented by R11, R12, R41, R42, R71, or R72, CrC10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 2 -butyl, t-butyl, isoamyl, and n-octyl; d-C10 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2-fJuoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-amyl, and 7-bromoheptyl; C3-C8 alkenyl may include allyl, l-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-methyl-3-butenyl; C3-C8 haloalkenyl may include 2-chloro-2-propenyl and 3,3-dichloro-2-propenyl; C3-C8 alkynyl may include propargyl, l-methyl-2- propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, and l, l-dimethyl-2-propynyl; C3-C8 haloalkynyl may include 3-iodo-2-propynyl and 3-bromo-2-propynyl; C3-C10 cyclo- alkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and 4,4-dimethyl- cyclohexyl; C3-Cι0 halocycloalkyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentyl and 3,4-di- chlorocyclohexyl; C3-Cι0 cycloalkenyl may include 2-cyclohexenyl; C3-Cι0 halocycloalkenyl may include 4-chloro-2-cyclohexenyl; C3-Cι0 cycloalkyl d-C3 alkyl may include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclop entylmethyl, and cyclohexyl- ethyl; C3-d0 halocycloalkyl C C3 alkyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentyl- methyl and 3,4-dichlorocyclohexylethyl; C3-C10 cycloalkenyl Cι-C3 alkyl may include 2-cyclohexenylmethyl; C3-C10 halocycloalkenyl Cι-C3 alkyl may include 4-chloro-2-cyclohexenylmethyl; (Cι-C5 alkyl) carbonyl may include methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl, and propylcarbonyl; (Cι-C5 haloalkyl)- carbonyl may include chloromethylcarbonyl, fluoromethylcarbonyl, trifluoro- methylcarbonyl, dichloromethylcarbonyl, pentafluoropropylcarbonyl, and 2-chloroethylcarbonyl; (C3-C6 cycloalkyl)carbonyl may include cyclopropyl- carbonyl; (C3-C6 halocycloalkyl)carbonyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentyl- carbonyl, 2,2-difluorocyclopentylcarbonyl, and 3,4-dichlorocyclohexyl- carbonyl; (Cι-C6 alkyl)carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl may include methylcarbonyl- methyl, ethylcarbonylmethyl, and ethylcarbonylmethyl; (Cι-C6 haloalkyl)- carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl may include fluoromethylcarbonylmethyl, 2-chloroethylcarbonylmethyl, 2-fluoroethylcarbonylmethyl, and 3,3,3-trifluoro- methylcarbonylmethyl; (Cj-Cg alkoxy)carbonyl may include methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, t-butoxy carbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, amyl- oxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, and isoamyloxy- carbonyl; (Cι-C6 haloalkoxy)carbonyl may include chloromethyloxycarbonyl, 2-fluoroethyloxycarbonyl, 2-chloropropyloxycarbonyl, 3-chlorobutyloxy- carbonyl, l-chloro-2-propyloxycarbonyl, l,3-dichloro-2-propyloxycarbonyl, 2,2-dichloroethyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyloxycarbonyl, and 2,2,2-tri- chloroethyloxycarbonyl; (C3-C10 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl may include cyclo- propyloxycarbonyl, cyclobutyloxycarbonyl, cyclop entyloxycarbonyl, and cyclohexyloxycarbonyl; (C3-Cι0 halocycloalkoxy)carbonyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentyloxycarbonyl and 3,4-dichlorocyclohexyloxycarbonyl; carboxy Cι-C5 alkyl may include carboxymethyl, 2-carboxyethyl, and 1-carboxyethyl; (hydroxy d-C5 alkoxy)carbonyl Cι-C5 alkyl may include hydroxymethoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-(hydroxymethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-hydroxyethoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-(2-hydroxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, and l-(2-hydroxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl; (CJ-CIQ alkoxy)carbonyl Cι-C5 alkyl may include methoxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxycarbonylmethyl, propoxycarbonylmethyl, isopropoxycarbonylmethyl, butoxycarbonylmethyl, isobutoxy- carbonylmethyl, t-butoxycarbonylmethyl, amyloxycarbonylm ethyl, isoamyl- oxycarbonylmethyl, t-amyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1-methoxycarbonylethyl, 1-ethoxycarbonylethyl, 1-propoxycarbonylethyl, 1-isopropoxycarbonylethyl, 1-butoxycarbonylethyl, 1-isobutoxycarbonylethyl, 1-t-butoxycarbonylethyl, 1-amyloxycarbonylethyl, and 1-isoamyloxycarbonylethyl; (Cι-Cι0 halo- alkoxy)carbonyl Cι-C5 alkyl may include chloromethyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2-fluoroethyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2-chloropropyloxycarbonylmethyl, 3-chloro- butyloxycarbonylmethyl, l-chloro-2-propyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1,3-dichloro- 2-propyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2,2-dichloroethyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2,2,2-tri- fluoroethyloxycarbonylmethyl, and 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxycarbonylethyl; (C3-C10 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl Cι-C5 alkyl may include cyclopropyloxycarbonyl- methyl, cyclobutyloxycarbonylmethyl, cyclopentyloxycarbonylmethyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1-cyclobutyloxycarbonylethyl, 1 -cyclop en tyloxy- carbonylethyl, and 1-cyclohexyloxycarbonylethyl; (C3-Cι0 halocycloalkoxy)- carbonyl Cι-C5 alkyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentyloxycarbonylmethyl and 2-(3,4-dichlorocyclohexyloxycarbonyl)ethyl; aminocarbonyl Ci-Cg alkyl may include aminocarbonylmethyl, 1-aminocarbonylethyl, and 2-aminocarbonylethyl; (Ci-Cg alkylamino)carbonyl Cι-C6 alkyl may include methylamino- carbonylmethyl, ethylaminocarbonylmethyl, 1-methylaminocarbonylethyl, l-(ethylaminocarbonyl)ethyl, l-(propylaminocarbonyl)ethyl, 2-methylamino- carbonylethyl, and 2-(ethylaminocarbonyl)ethyl; Cι-C6 alkoxy Cj-C8 alkyl may include methoxymethyl, 1-methoxyethyl, and ethoxymethyl; Ci-Cg haloalkoxy Cj-Cg alkyl may include 2,2,2-trifTuoroethoxymethyl; mercapto Cι-C6 alkyl may include mercaptomethyl, 1-mercaptoethyl, and 2-mercaptoethyl; {(Cj-Cg alkoxy) Cj-Cg alkoxy} carbonyl C C6 alkyl may include methoxy- methoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-(methoxymethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(methoxy- methoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(ethoxymethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(propoxy- methoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(isopropoxymethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(l-methoxy- ethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(l-ethoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 1- (2 -methoxy ethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, l-(2-ethoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(2-propoxyethoxy- carbonyl) ethyl, l-(2-isopropoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-(2-methoxyethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-(2-propoxyethoxy- carbonyl)ethyl, and 2-(2-isopropoxyethoxycarbonyl)ethyl; Cj-Cg alkylthio Ci-Cg alkyl may include methylthiomethyl, 1-methylthioethyl, and ethyl- thiomethyl; C,-Cg haloalkylthio Cι-C6 alkyl may include 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl- thiomethyl; cyano Cι-C4 alkyl may include cyanomethyl, cyanoethyl, and 1-methylcyanoethyl; optionally substituted phenyl may include phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 3-methoxy- carbonylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichloro- phenyl, and 2,5-dichlorophenyl; (optionally substituted phenyl) Cι-C3 alkyl may include benzyl, phenethyl, 1-methylbenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, 3-chloro- benzyl, 4-chlorobenzyl, 2-methoxybenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, and 4-methoxybenzyl; and optionally substituted phenylcarbonyl may include benzoyl, 2-chlorobenzoyl, 3-chlorobenzoyl, 4-chlorobenzoyl, 2,3-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,4- dichlorobenzoyl, 2,5-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl, and 3,4-dichloro- benzoyl.
For the groups represented by R13, R43, or R73, Cι-C10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, and n-octyl; d-C10 haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, and 1-bromoheptyl; C3-Cι0 alkenyl may include vinyl, allyl, l-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-methyl-3-butenyl; C3-Cι0 haloalkenyl may include 2-chloro-2-propenyl and 3,3-dichloro-2-propenyl; C3-C10 alkynyl may include propargyl, l-methyl-2- propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, and l, l-dimethyl-2-propynyl; C3-C10 halo- alkynyl may include 3-iodo-2-propynyl and 3-bromo-2-propynyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and 4,4-di- methylcyclohexyl; C3-C8 halocycloalkyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentyl and 3,4-dichlorocyclohexyl; tetrahydrofuranyl may include 2 -tetrahydrofuranyl and 3-tetrahydrofuranyl; tetrahydropyranyl may include 2-tetrahydro- pyranyl and 3-tetrahydropyranyl; carboxy d- alkyl may include carboxymethyl, 2-carboxyethyl, and 1-carboxyethyl; (C3-C8 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl Ci-Cg alkyl may include cyclopropyloxycarbonylmethyl, cyclobut loxy- carbonylmethyl, cyclop en tyloxycarbonylmethyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1-cyclobutyloxycarbonylethyl, 1-cyclopentyloxycarbonylethyl, 1-cyclohexyloxycarbonyl ethyl, 2-cyclobutyloxycarbonylethyl, 2-cyclopentyl- oxycarbonylethyl, and 2-cyclohexyloxycarbonylethyl; (C3-C8 alkenyloxy)- carbonyl d- 6 alkyl may include aUyloxycarbonylmethyl, l-methyl-2-prope- nyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2-butenyl- oxycarbonylmethyl, 1-allyloxycarbonylethyl, l-(2-methyl-2-propenyloxy- carbonyl)ethyl, 2-allyloxycarbonylethyl, and 2-(2-methyl-2-propenyloxy- carbonyl)ethyl; (C3-C8 alkynyloxy)carbonyl Cι-C6 alkyl may include propar- gyloxycarbonylmethyl, l-methyl-2-propynyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1-propargyl- oxycarbonylethyl, l-(l-methyl-2-propynyloxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-propargyloxy- carbonylethyl, and 2-(l-methyl-2-propynyloxycarbonyl)ethyl; tetrahydro- furanyloxycarbonyl Cι-C6 alkyl may include 2-tetrahydrofuranyloxy- carbonylmethyl, 3-tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonylmethyl, l-(2-tetrahydro- furanyloxycarbonyl) ethyl, l-(3-tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-(2- tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonyl)ethyl, and 2-(3-tetrahydrofuranyloxy- carbonyl)ethyl; tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonyl Ci-Cg alkyl may include 2-tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonylmethyl, 3-tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonyl- methyl, l-(2-tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonyl)ethyl, l-(3-tetrah dropyranyl- oxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-(2-tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonyl)ethyl, and 2-(3-tetra- hydropyranyloxycarbonyl)ethyl; (Cι-C5 alkoxy)carbonyl Ci-C5 alkyl may include methoxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxycarbonylmethyl, propoxycarbonylmethyl, isopropoxycarbonylmethyl, butoxycarbonylmethyl, isobutoxy- carbonylmethyl, t-butoxycarbonylmethyl, 1-methoxycarbonylethyl, 1-ethoxy- carbonylethyl, 1-propoxycarbonylethyl, 1-isopropoxycarbonylethyl, 1-butoxy- carbonylethyl, 1-isobutoxycarbonylethyl, and 1-t-butoxycarbonylethyl; and (d- haloalkoxy)carbonyl d-C5 alkyl may include chloromethyloxycarbonyl, 2-fluoroethyloxycarbonyl, 2-chloropropyloxycarbonyl, 3-chlorobutyloxy- carbonyl, l-chloro-2-propyloxycarbonyl, l,3-dichloro-2-propyloxycarbonyl, 2,2-dichloroethyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyloxycarbonyl, and 2,2,2-tri- chloroethyloxycarbonyl.
For the groups represented by R14, R44, or R74, Cι-C5 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, and t-butyl; d- haloalkyl may include fluoromethyl, chloromethyl, bromomethyl, trifluoro- methyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, and pentafluoromethyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, and 1-methylcyclopropyl; and C3-C6 halocycloalkyl may include 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl and 3-chloro- cyclopentyl. For the groups represented by R15, R45, or R75, Cι-Cι0 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, and n-hexyl; and d-C10 haloalkyl may include chloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, and 3-chlorohexyl.
For the elements or groups represented by R16, R46, or R76, halogen may include fluorine, chlorine, and bromine; and CrC3 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl.
For the groups represented by R17, R47, or R77, d-CB alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, and n-butyl.
For the groups represented by R18, R48, or R78, CrC4 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, and n-butyl; Cι-C4 haloalkyl may include chloromethyl, 2 -chloroethyl, trifluoromethyl, and tetrafluoroethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl; C3-C5 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, and 1-methylcyclopropyl; and C3-C5 halocycloalkyl may include 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl and 3-chlorocyclopentyl. For the groups represented by R19, R49, or R79, d-C10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, and n-hexyl; d-C10 haloalkyl may include 2-chloroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-amyl, and 7-bromoheptyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and 1-methylcyclopropyl; C3-C6 halocycloalkyl may include 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl and 3-chlorocyclopentyl; C3-Cι0 cycloalkyl d-C3 alkyl may include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, and cyclohexylethyl; C3-Cι0 halocyclo- alkyl d-C3 alkyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentylmethyl and 3,4-dichloro- cyclohexylethyl; C3-C5 alkenyl may include allyl, l-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-methyl-3-butenyl; C3-C5 haloalkenyl may include 2-chloro-2-propenyl and 3,3-dichloro-2-propenyl; C3-C5 alkynyl may include propargyl, l-methyl-2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, and l,l-dimethyl-2-propynyl; C3-C5 haloalkynyl may include 3-iodo-2-propynyl and 3-bromo-2-propynyl; carboxy d-C3 alkyl may include carboxymethyl, 2-carboxyethyl, and 1-carboxyethyl; (Cι-C5 alkoxy)carbonyl Cι-C3 alkyl may include methoxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxycarbonylmethyl, propoxycarbonylmethyl, isopropoxycarbonylmethyl, butoxycarbonylmethyl, isobutoxycarbonylmethyl, t-butoxycarbonylmethyl, 1-methoxycarbonylethyl, 1-ethoxycarbonylethyl, 1-propoxycarbonylethyl, 1-isopropoxycarbonylethyl, 1-butoxycarbonylethyl, 1-isobutoxycarbonylethyl, and 1-t-butoxycarbonylethyl; (Cι-C5 haloalkoxy)carbonyl Cι-C3 alkyl may include chloromethyloxy- carbonylmethyl, 2-fluoroethyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2-chloropropyloxy- carbonylmethyl, 3-chlorobutyloxycarbonylmethyl, l-chloro-2-propyloxy- carbonylmethyl, l,3-dichloro-2-propyloxycarbonylmethyl, 2,2-dichloroethyl- oxycarbonylmethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyloxycarbonylmethyl, and 2,2,2-tri- chloroethyloxycarbonylethyl; optionally substituted phenyl may include phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 2-trifluorophenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-tri- fluoromethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, and 2,5-di- chlorophenyl; and (optionally substituted phenyl) d-C3 alkyl may include benzyl, phenethyl, 1-methylbenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 4-chloro- benzyl, 2-methoxybenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, and 4-methoxybenzyl.
For the groups represented by R20, R50, or R80, Cι-Cε alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, and isopentyl; Cι-C5 haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 3-chloro-n-propyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, and 5-chloro-n-pentyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and 1-methylcyclopropyl; and C3-C6 halocycloalkyl may include 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl, 3-chlorocyclopentyl, and 4,4-difluorocyclohexyl.
For the elements represented by M, alkali metals may include lithium, sodium, and potassium.
For the groups represented by R34, d-C10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isopentyl, and n-octyl; d-C10 haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, and 7-bromoheptyl; and optionally substituted phenyl may include phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-tri- fluoromethylphenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-tri- fluoromethylphenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-trifluoro- methoxyphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, and 2,5-dichloro- phenyl.
For the groups represented by R21, Cι-C10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isopentyl, and n-octyl; Cι-C10 haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, and 1-bromoheptyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and 4,4-di- methylcyclohexyl; C3-C8 halocycloalkyl may include 2-fluorocyclopentyl, 3,4- dichlorocyclohexyl; and optionally substituted phenyl may include phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 3-methoxy- carbonylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichloro- phenyl, and 2,5-dichlorophenyl.
For the groups represented by R22, Cι-Cι0 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isopentyl, and n-octyl; d-C10 haloalkyl may include chloromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2 -chloroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 3-chloropropyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, and 7-bromoheptyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl, and 4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl; C3-C8 halocycloalkyl may include 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl, 3-chlorocyclopentyl, and 4,4-difluorocyclo- hexyl; and optionally substituted phenyl may include phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-tri- fluoromethylphenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-trifluoro- methoxyphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, and 2,5-dichlorophenyl.
For the groups represented by R23, Cι-C5 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, and butyl.
For the groups represented by R24, Cι-Cε alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, and butyl; d-C5 haloalkyl may include 2-chloro- ethyl, tetrafluoroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 3-chloro-n-propyl, and 2-chloro-2- methylpropyl; and optionally substituted phenyl may include phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, and 2 , 5-dimethylphenyl.
For the groups represented by R25, d-C10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isopentyl, n-octyl, and 4,4-dimethyl-n-hexyl; d-C10 haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 3-chloron-propyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, and 1-bromoheptyl; Cι-C5 alkylsulfonyl may include methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl; C3-Cι0 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl, 4,4-di- methylcyclohexyl, and 2,2,4,4-tetramethylcyclohexyl; C3-Cι0 halocycloalkyl may include 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl, 3-chlorocyclopentyl, and 4,4-difluoro- cyclohexyl; carboxy C C3 alkyl may include carboxymethyl, 2-carboxyethyl, and 1-carboxyethyl; (Cι-Cε alkoxy)carbonyl Cι-C3 alkyl may include meth oxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxycarbonylmethyl, propoxycarbonylmethyl, isopropoxycarbonylmethyl, butoxycarbonylmethyl, isobutoxycarbonylmethyl, t-butoxycarbonylmethyl, 1-methoxycarbonylethyl, 1-ethoxycarbonylethyl, 1-propoxycarbonylethyl, 1-isopropoxycarbonylethyl, 1-butoxycarbonylethyl, 1-isobutoxycarbonylethyl, and 1-t-butoxycarbonylethyl; and optionally substituted phenyl may include phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3 -trifluoromethyl phenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-di- methylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, and 2, 5-dimethylphenyl.
For the groups represented by R26, d-C10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-octyl, and 4,4-dimethyl-n-hexyl; and Ci-Cio haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 3-chloro-n-propyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, and 1-bromoheptyl. For the groups represented by R27, CrCε alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, and isopentyl; and d-Cε haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 3-chloro-n-propyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, and 5-chloro-n-pentyl. For the groups represented by R28, d-C10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-octyl, and 4,4-di- methyl-n-hexyl; and d-d0 haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 3-chloron-propyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, and 2-chloro- 1 , 1 ,4,4-tetramethylhexyl. For the groups represented by R29, d-C10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, and n-octyl.
For the groups represented by R30, d-C10 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, and n-octyl; d-C10 haloalkyl may include 2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 3-chloro-n-propyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, and 5-chloro-n-pentyl; C3-Cι0 cycloalkyl may include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl, 4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, and 2,2,4,4-tetramethylcyclohexyl; C3-Cι0 halocycloalkyl may include 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl, 3-chlorocyclopentyl, and 4,4-di- fluorocyclohexyl; and optionally substituted phenyl may include phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 3-methoxy- carbonylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichloro- phenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, and 2 , 5-dimethylphenyl.
For the groups represented by R200, Cι-C3 alkyl may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl; C -C3 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, and 1,1-difluoroethyl; C3-C6 alkenyl may include allyl, l-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-methyl-3-butenyl; and C3-C6 alkynyl may include propargyl, l-methyl-2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, and l,l-dimethyl-2- propynyl.
For the groups represented by R300, Cι-C3 haloalkyl may include trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and 1,1-difluoroethyl. For the groups represented by R200 and R300 which are combined at their ends, optionally fluorine-substituted trimethylene may include trimethylene, 1, 1,2-trifluorotrimethylene, and 2,3,3-trifluorotrimethylene; and optionally fluorine-substituted tetramethylene may include tetramethylene. In the present compounds, the substituent groups preferred may include oxygen for X and Y; hydrogen or Cι-C3 alkyl for R1; CrC3 alkyl (more preferably, methyl) or amino for R2; Cι-C3 haloalkyl (more preferably trifluoromethyl) for R3; hydrogen for R4; hydrogen or halogen (more preferably, chlorine) for R5; hydrogen or halogen (more preferably, chlorine) for R6; halogen (more preferably, chlorine) or NO2 for R7; hydrogen, Cι-Cι0 alkoxy (more preferably, methoxy or isopropoxy), C3-C8 alkenyloxy (more preferably, allyloxy), C3-C8 alkynyloxy (more preferably, propargyloxy), (d-Cι0 alkoxy)- carbonyl d-C5 alkyloxy (more preferably, l-(methoxycarbonyl)ethoxy or l-(ethoxycarbonyl)ethoxy), Cx-C10 alkylamino (more preferably, ethylamino or isopropylamino), Cι-C10 alkyl (Ci-Cjo alkyl)amino (more preferably, diethylamino), 2,2-di(Cι-Cε alkyl)hydrazino (more preferably, 2,2-dimethyl- hydrazino), or Cι-C6 alkoxy Cι-C6 alkylamino for R8. When R7 is chlorine, compounds with l-(d-Cι0 alkoxy)carbonylethoxy (more preferably, l-(methoxycarbonyl)ethoxy or l-(ethoxycarbonyl)ethoxy) for R8 are more preferred. When R7 is NO2, compounds with d-C10 alkoxy (more preferably, methoxy or isopropoxy) for R8 are more preferred. Compounds with a combination of the above preferred substituent groups are more preferred.
For the present compounds, there may exist geometrical isomers based on the presence of a double bond, or optical isomers and diastereomers based on the presence of at least one asymmetric carbon atom, and all of these isomers and their mixtures are also included within the scope of the present invention.
The following will describe the producing processes for the present compounds. The present compounds can be produced, for example, by the producing processes described in following Producing Processes 1 to 11. Producing Process 1
Figure imgf000032_0001
[1-1] [1-3] wherein R1, X, Y, Z, and Q are as defined above; R201 is optionally fluorine- substituted C C3 alkyl, C3-C6 alkenyl, or C3-C6 alkynyl; D is chlorine, bromine, iodine, methanesulfonyloxy, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, or p-toluenesulfonyloxy; and R301 is d-C3 alkyl or Cι-C3 haloalkyl.
The present compound [1-3] can be produced by reacting compounds
[1-1] and [1-2] in the presence of a base. The reaction is usually carried out in a solvent; however, it may also be carried out without any solvent. The reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The amount of compound [1-2] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [1-1].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [1-1].
The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylani1ine, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and (hϊsopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide.
The solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, ligroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [1-3]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalliz ation .
Producing Process 2
Figure imgf000034_0001
[1-1] [2-2]
wherein R1, R301, X, Y, Z, and Q are as defined above; and W is nitro- substituted phenyloxy {e.g., 2,4-dinitrophenyloxy, 2,4,6-trinitrophenyloxy), optionally substituted phenylsulfonyloxy {e.g., 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl- sulfόnyloxy), or sulfonyloxy.
The present compound [2-2] can be produced by reacting compounds [1-1] and [2-1] in the presence of a base. The reaction is usually carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 20°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
The amount of compound [2-1] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.5 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [1-1].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.1 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [1-1].
The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and l,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide. The solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, ligroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; aliphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyronitrile; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N- diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; water; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [2-2]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystallization. Producing Process 3
Figure imgf000036_0001
[3-4] wherein R1, R301, D, X, Y, Z, and Q are as defined above; and R63 and R64 are the same or different and independently optionally fluorine-substituted d-d alkyl. 1) Step of producing compound [3-2] from compound [2-2]
The present compound [3-2] can be produced by reacting compounds [2-2] and [3-1] in the presence of a base.
The reaction is usually carried out in a solvent; however, it may also be carried out without any solvent. The reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The amount of compound [3-1] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [2-2]. The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [2-2].
The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dnsopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide.
The solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, ligroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as mtromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethyl- formamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethyl- aniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and clfisopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, and t-butanol; and mixtures thereof. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [3-2]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystallization.
2) Step of producing compound [3-4] from compound [3-2]
The present compound [3-4] can be produced by reacting compounds [3-2] and [3-3] in the presence of a base.
The reaction is usually carried out in a solvent; however, it may also be carried out without any solvent. The reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The amount of compound [3-3] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [3-2]. The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [3-2].
The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylani1ine, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and hthium hydroxide.
The solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, ligroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethyl- formamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethyl- aniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, and t-butanol; and mixtures thereof. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [3-4]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystallization.
Producing Process 4
Figure imgf000039_0001
[2-2] [4_2]
wherein R1, R301, R63, R64, X, Y, Z, and Q are as defined above.
The present compound [4-2] can be produced by reacting compounds [2-2] and [4-1]. The reaction is usually carried out in a solvent or without any solvent.
The reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 130°C. The reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The amount of compound [4-1] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [2-2].
The solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, ligroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, and t-butanol; aliphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as monochlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and benzotrifluoride; and mixtures thereof.
The reaction may be carried out in a shortened reaction time by the addition of a catalyst. The amount of catalyst is usually in the range of 0.001 mole to an excess for 1 mole of compound [2-2]. The catalyst may include Lewis acids such as titanium tetrachloride and boron trifluoride- diethyl ether complex; organic acids such as benzenesulfonic acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid; organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethylamino- pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [4-2]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystallization.
Producing Process 5
Figure imgf000040_0001
[5-1] [5-3]
wherein R1, X, Y, Z, and Q are as defined above; V is fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine; R203 is C C3 alkyl, Cι-C3 haloalkyl, C3-C6 alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, or N(R61)R62 wherein R61 and R62 are as defined above; R303 is Cx-C3 alkyl or Cι-C3 haloalkyl; or R203 and R303 may be combined at their ends to form optionally fluorine-substituted trimethylene or optionally fluorine- substituted tetramethylene. The present compound [5-3] can be produced by reacting compounds
[5-1] and [5-2] in the presence of a base.
The reaction is usually carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 48 hours. The amount of compound [5-2] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [5-1].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [5-1].
The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and hthium hydroxide.
The solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, ligroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, and t-butanol; and mixtures thereof. The reaction may be carried out in a shortened reaction time by the addition of a catalyst. The amount of catalyst is usually in the range of 0.001 mole to an excess for 1 mole of compound [5-1]. The catalyst may include fluorides such as potassium fluoride.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [5-3]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystallization.
Producing Process 6
Figure imgf000042_0001
wherein R1, X, Z, and Q are as defined above; R32 is Cι-C6 alkyl {e.g., methyl. ethyl) or phenyl; R202 is -d alkyl, C d haloalkyl, C3-C6 alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, or N(R61)R62 wherein R61 and R62 are as defined above; and R302 is -d alkyl or CrC3 haloalkyl.
The present compound [6-3] can be produced by reacting compounds [6-1] and [6-2] in the presence of a base. The reaction is usually carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 250°C, preferably 0°C to 150°C. The reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
The amount of compound [6-2] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [6-1].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [6-1].
The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, lithium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide; and metal alcoholates such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide.
The solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, ligroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as mtromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniiine, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, and t-butanol; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [6-3]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystallization.
Producing Process 7
Figure imgf000044_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, X, Z, and Q are as defined above. The present compound [7-1] can be produced by reacting compound
[7-2] with a sulfurizing agent.
The reaction is usually carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usually in the range of 0°C to 200°C. The reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 48 hours. The amount of sulfurizing agent to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [7-2].
The sulfurizing agent may include lawson reagent. The solvent may include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are collected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, followed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [7-1]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalliz ation . Producing Process 8
Figure imgf000045_0001
[8-1] [8-3]
wherein R1, R203, R303, X, Y, Q, and V are as defined above.
The present compound [8-3] can be produced by reacting compounds [8-1] and [8-2] in the presence of a base. The reaction is usually carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 24 hours.
The amount of compound [8-2] to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [8-1].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usually in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [8-1].
The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and (fiisopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide. The solvent may include ahphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, and Hgroin; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; aHphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2- dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as monochlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and benzotrifluoride; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dixnethyKormamide; sulfur compounds such as dimethyl- sulfoxide and sulforane; water; and mixtures thereof.
The reaction may be carried out in a shortened reaction time by the addition of a catalyst. The amount of catalyst is usuaUy in the range of
0.001 mole to an excess for 1 mole of compound [8-1]. The catalyst may include phase transfer catalysts such as tetrabutylammonium chloride and tetrabutylammonium bromide.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [8-3]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalHzation.
Producing Process 9
Figure imgf000047_0001
[5-1] [5-3]
wherein R1, R203, R303, X, Y, Z, and Q are as defined above; and L is bismuth.
The present compound [5-3] can be produced by reacting compounds [5-1] and [9-2] in the presence of a catalyst and a peracid. The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The amount of compound [9-2] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [5-1].
The amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [5-1].
The amount of peracid to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [5-1].
The catalyst may include organic copper compounds such as copper acetate.
The peracid may include peracetic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid, t-butyl hydroperoxide, and hydrogen peroxide.
The solvent may include aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, dusopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyronitrile; aHphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as monochlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and benzotrifluoride; aHphatic carbox- yHc acids such as acetic acid; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [5-3]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization. The present compounds may also be produced by converting the substituents on the optionaUy substituted phenyl group represented by Q according to any of the methods known in the field of organic synthesis, for example, as in the producing processes described in the foUowing Producing Processes 10 and 11. Producing Process 10 '
Figure imgf000049_0001
[5-1] [10-2]
Figure imgf000049_0002
[10-4] wherein R1, R203, R303, V, X, Y, Z, and Q are as defined above; and R60 is OR9, SR10, N(Rπ)R12, NRπN(R10)R12, or NRuOR9, wherein R9, R10, R11, and R12 are as defined above.
1) Step of producing compound [10-2] from compound [5-1] The present compound [10-2] can be produced by reacting compounds
[5-1] and [10-1] in the presence of a base.
The reaction is usuaHy carried out in a solvent; however, it may also be carried out without any solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The amount of compound [10-1] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [5-1].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [5-1].
The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniHne, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide. The solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as mtromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethyl- formamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethyl- aniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, and t-butanol; and mixtures thereof.
The reaction may be carried out in a shortened reaction time by the addition of a catalyst. The amount of catalyst is usuaUy in the range of 0.001 mole to an excess for 1 mole of compound [5-1]. The catalyst may include fluorides such as potassium fluoride. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [10-2]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
2) Step of producing compound [10-4] from compound [10-2] The present compound [10-4] can be produced by reacting compounds [10-2] and [10-3].
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent; however, it may also be carried out without any solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The compound [10-3] to be used in the reaction may also be available as its inorganic salt {e.g., hydrochloride salt, sulfate). The amount thereof is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 2.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [10-2].
The reaction may be carried out in a shortened reaction time by the addition of a base. The amount of base is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 4.4 equivalents, for 1 mole of compound [10-2]. The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dim ethylanih' e, N,N-diethylaniHne, triethylamine, and dnsopropylethylamine; metal alcoholates such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
The solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as mtromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethyl- formamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethyl- aniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, and t-butanol; and mixtures thereof. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [10-4]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
Producing Process 11
Figure imgf000052_0001
wherein R1, R203, R303, L, D, X, Y, and Z are as defined above; U is a silyl-type protecting group such as t-butyldimethylsilyl, phenyldimethylsUyl, and tri- isopropylsilyl; Q1 is optionaUy substituted phenylene; and R35 is one of the substituents represented by R9, other than hydrogen.
1) Step of producing compound [11-2] from compound [5-1] The present compound [11-2] can be produced by reacting compounds [5-1] and [11-1] in the presence of a catalyst and a peracid.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours. The amount of compound [11-1] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [5-1].
The amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [5-1].
The amount of peracid to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [5-1].
The catalyst may include organic copper compounds such as copper acetate.
The peracid may include peracetic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid, t-butyl hydroperoxide, and hydrogen peroxide.
The solvent may include aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydro- carbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, dnsopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyronitrile; aHphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as monochlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and benzotrifluoride; aHphatic carbox- yhc acids such as acetic acid; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [11-2]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUiz ation .
2) Step of producing compound [11-3] from compound [11-2] The compound [11-3] can be produced by deprotecting compound [11-2] with potassium fluoride or potassium fluoride/hydrogen bromide in a solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide, according to the method described in "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" (A Wfley-Interscience PubHca- tion).
3) Step of producing compound [11-4] from compound [11-3] The present compound [11-4] can be produced by reacting compounds
[11-3] and [11-5] in the presence of a base.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent; however, it may also be carried out without any solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The amount of compound [11-5] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [11-3].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [11-3].
The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylani1ine, N,N-diethylaniHne, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide. The solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N.N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; and mixtures thereof. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [11-4]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalHzation.
The foUowing wiU describe the producing processes for the present intermediates A as the intermediates useful for the production of the present compounds. The present intermediates A can be produced, for example, by the producing processes described in the foUowing Producing Processes Al to A4. Producing Process Al
Figure imgf000056_0001
wherein R1, R301, R32, X, Z, and Q are as defined above.
The present intermediate A [Al-2] can be produced by reacting compounds [6-1] and [Al-1] in the presence of a base.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to
130°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
The amount of compound [Al-1] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [6-1].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [6-1]. The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylanilin e, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide; and metal alcoholates such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide.
The solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N.N-dimethylaniHne, N,N-diethylaniHne, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, and t-butanol; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Al-2]. The acid to be added may include hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, trifluoro- acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and aqueous solutions thereof. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalHzation.
Producing Process A2
Figure imgf000057_0001
[A2-3] wherein R\ R301, R32, X, Z, and Q are as defined above.
The present intermediate A [Al-2] can be produced by reacting compound [A2-1] and compound [A2-2] or [A2-3] in the presence of a base. The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 130°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
The amount of compound [A2-2] or [A2-3] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [A2-1].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [A2-1]. The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-<Hethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide; and metal alcoholates such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide.
The solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, dusopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniHne, N,N-cuethylaniline, triethylamine, and diisopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, and t-butanol; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Al-2].
The acid to be added may include hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, trifluoro- acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and aqueous solutions thereof. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recryst aUiz ation . Producing Process A3
Figure imgf000059_0001
[A3-1] [A3-2] [Al-2] wherein R1, R301, X, Z, and Q are as defined above.
1) Step of producing compound [A3-2] from compound [A3-1]
The compound [A3-2] can be produced by reacting compound [A3-1] with ammonia or ammonium acetate in the presence of an acid.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of 0°C to 150°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
The amount of ammonia or ammonium acetate to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [A3-1].
The amount of acid to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.001 to 1 equivalent, relative to compound [A3-1].
The acid may include organic acids such as acetic acid. The solvent may include alcohols such as ethanol. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [A3-2]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
2) Step of producing compound [Al-2] from compound [A3-2] The present intermediate A [Al-2] can be produced by reacting compound [A3-2] with a carbonylating agent or a thiocarbonylating agent in the presence of a base.
In the compound [Al-2], when a carbonylating agent is used, X is O; or when a thiocarbonylating agent is used, X is S. The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of 0°C to 150°C, preferably 10°C to 60°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The amount of carbonylating agent or thiocarbonylating agent to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, prefer- ably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, relative to compound [A3-2].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 1.0 equivalent to an excess, preferably 1.8 to 2.2 equivalents, relative to compound [A3-2].
The carbonylating agent may include phosgene, diphosgene, triphosgene, and l,l'-carbonyldumidazole, and the thiocarbonylating agent may include thiophosgene and l.l'-thiocarbonyldiimidazole.
The base may include organic bases such as triethylamine and pyridine. The solvent may include aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; aHphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; halogenated aromatic hydro- carbons such as monochlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and benzotrifluoride; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Al-2]. The acid to be added may include hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, trifluoro- acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and aqueous solutions thereof. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
Producing Process A4
Figure imgf000061_0001
[Al-2] IA4-1]
wherein R1, R301, X, Z, and Q are as defined above. The present compound [A4-1] can be produced by reacting compound
[Al-2] with a sulfurizing agent.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of 0°C to 200°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours. The amount of sulfurizing agent to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [Al-1].
The sulfurizing agent may include diphosphorus pentasulfide and lawson reagent.
The solvent may include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [A4-1]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalHzation.
The foUowing wiU describe the producing processes for the present intermediates B as the intermediates useful for the production of the present compounds. The present intermediates B can be produced, for example, by the producing processes described in the foUowing Producing Processes Bl to B5.
Producing Process Bl
Figure imgf000063_0001
[Bl-3] [Bl-4] wherein R1, R32, R201, R301, D, and X are as defined above; and R33 is optionaUy substituted benzyl {e.g., benzyl). 1) Step of producing compound [Bl-2] from compound [Bl-1]
The compound [Bl-2] can be produced by reacting compound [Bl-1] and compound [Al-1] in the presence of a base.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The /reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usuaHy in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
The amount of compound [Al-1] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [Bl-1].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [Bl-1].
The base may include inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride,
Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide; and metal alcoholates such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide.
The solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniHne, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, and t-butanol; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Bl-2]. The acid to be added may include hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, trifluoro- acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and aqueous solutions thereof. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
2) Step of producing compound [Bl-3] from compound [Bl-2]
The compound [Bl-3] can be produced by reacting compound [Bl-2] and compound [1-2] in the presence of a base.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours. The amount of compound [1-2] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [Bl-2].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [Bl-2].
The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniHne, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
The solvent may include aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydro- carbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethyl- formamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethyl- aniline, N,N-diethylanifine, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, and t-butanol; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Bl-3]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalHzation.
3) Step of producing compound [Bl-4] from compound [Bl-3] The reaction in this step can be carried out, for example, according to the process described in Synthesis, p. 846 (1994) or by the foUowing process.
The present intermediate B [Bl-4] can be produced by reacting compound [Bl-3] with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 150°C, preferably 0°C to 50°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The reaction may also be carried out under increased pressure, preferably under a pressure of 1 to 5 atm.
The amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.001% to 100% by weight based on the weight of compound [Bl-3].
The catalyst to be used in the reaction may include anhydrous paUadium/carbon and hydrated paUadium/carbons.
The solvent may include carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid; esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyro- nitrile; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, t-butanol, amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, and t-amyl alcohol; water; and mixtures thereof. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Bl-4]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
Producing Process B2
Figure imgf000067_0001
[Bl-2] [B2-1]
Figure imgf000067_0002
[B2-2] wherein R1, R301, R33, X, and W are as defined above.
1) Step of producing compound [B2-1] from compound [Bl-2]
The compound [B2-1] can be produced by reacting compounds [Bl-2] and [2-1] in the presence of a base.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to
100°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 72 hours.
The amount of compound [2-1] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [Bl-2].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [Bl-2]. The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- arninopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; metal alcoholates such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
The solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; aHphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as monochlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and benzotrifluoride; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylanihne, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsuHoxide and sulforane; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, and t-butanol; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B2-1]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization. 2) Step of producing compound [B2-2] from compound [B2-1]
The present intermediate B [B2-2] can be produced by reacting compound [B2-1] with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 150°C, preferably 0°C to 50°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The reaction may also be carried out under increased pressure, preferably under a pressure of 1 to 5 atm.
The amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.001% to 100% by weight based on the weight of compound [B2-1].
The catalyst to be used in the reaction may include anhydrous paUadium/carbon and hydrated pafladium/carbons.
The solvent may include carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid; esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyro- nitrile; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, t-butanol, amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, and t-amyl alcohol; water; and mixtures thereof. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B2-2].
The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalHzation. Producing Process B3
Figure imgf000070_0001
[B3-3]
Figure imgf000070_0002
[B3-4] wherein R1, R33, R203, R303, V, and X are as defined above.
1) Step of producing compound [B3-3] from compound [B3-1] The compound [B3-3] can be produced by reacting compounds [B3-1] and [B3-2] in the presence of a base.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours. The amount of compound [B3-2] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [B3-1].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [B3-1].
The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-(Hethylaniline, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; and inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide.
The solvent may include aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, and Hgroin; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; aHphatic halogenated hydro- carbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as monochlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and benzotrifluoride; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; water; and mixtures thereof.
The reaction may be carried out in a shortened reaction time by the addition of a phase transfer catalyst. The amount of phase transfer catalyst is usuaUy in the range of 0.001 mole to an excess for 1 mole of compound [B3-1]. The phase transfer catalyst may include tetrabutylammonium bromide and tetrabutylammonium chloride.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B3-3]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization. 2) Step of producing compound [B3-4] from compound [B3-3]
The present intermediate B [B3-4] can be produced by reacting compound [B3-3] with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 150°C, preferably 0°C to 50°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The reaction may also be carried out under increased pressure, preferably under a pressure of 1 to 5 atm. The amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.001% to 100% by weight based on the weight of compound [B3-3].
The catalyst to be used in the reaction may include anhydrous paUadium/carbon and hydrated paUadium/carbons.
The solvent may include carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid; esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyro- nitrile; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, t-butanol, amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, and t-amyl alcohol; water; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B3-4]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystalHzation.
Producing Process B4
Figure imgf000072_0001
[B4-1] [B4-2] [B4-3] wherein R1, R203, R303, R33, X, and Z are as defined above.
1) Step of producing compound [B4-2] from compound [B4-1]
The present compound [B4-2] can be produced by reacting compound [B4-1] with a sulfurizing agent. The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usually in the range of 0°C to 200°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The amount of sulfurizing agent to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [B4-1].
The sulfurizing agent may include diphosphorus pentasulfide and lawson reagent.
The solvent may include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B4-2]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
2) Step of producing compound [B4-3] from compound [B4-2]
The compound [B4-3] can be produced by reacting compound [B4-2] with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 150°C, preferably 0°C to 50°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours. The reaction may also be carried out under increased pressure, preferably under a pressure of 1 to 5 atm.
The amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.001% to 100% by weight based on the weight of compound [B4-2]. The catalyst to be used in the reaction may include anhydrous paUadium/carbon and hydrated paUadium/carbons.
The solvent may include carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid; esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyro- nitrile; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, t-butanol, amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, and t-amyl alcohol; water; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B4-3]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization .
Producing Process B5
Figure imgf000075_0001
wherein R\ R32, R33, R202, R302, and X are as defined above.
1) Step of producing compound [B5-1] from compound [Bl-1] The compound [B5-1] can be produced by reacting compounds [Bl-1] and [6-2] in the presence of a base.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C, preferably 0°C to 100°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 72 hours. The amount of compound [6-2] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [Bl-1].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [Bl-1].
The base may include inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide; and metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide.
The solvent may include ketones such as acetone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylani1ine, N,N-diethylaniHne, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, and t-butanol; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or acid is poured into the reaction mixture, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B5-1]. The acid to be added may include hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, trifluoro- acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and aqueous solutions thereof. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
2) Step of producing compound [B5-2] from compound [B5-1] The present intermediate B [B5-2] can be produced by reacting compound [B5-1] with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 150°C, preferably 0°C to 50°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The reaction may also be carried out under increased pressure, preferably under a pressure of 1 to 5 atm.
The amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.001% to 100% by weight based on the weight of compound [B5-1]. The catalyst to be used in the reaction may include anhydrous paUadium/carbon and hydrated paUadium/carbons.
The solvent may include carboxyHc acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid; esters such as ethyf formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyro- nitrile; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, t-butanol, amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, and t-amyl alcohol; water; and mixtures thereof. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [B5-2].
The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
The foUowing will describe the producing processes for various intermediates in the production of the present compounds and intermediates A and B.
The compound [5-2] is commerciaUy avadable or can be produced, for example, according to the process described in "Jikken Kagaku Koza" (Maruzen Co., Ltd.), 4th ed., vol. 19, pp. 363-482. The compound [8-2] is commerciaUy available or can be produced, for example, according to the processes described in Journal of Organic
Chemistry, vol. 28, pp. 1903-1905 (1963); Journal of the American Chemical
Society, vol. 73, pp. 2379-2380 (1951); Organic Synthesis, vol. 68, pp. 8-12; and Journal of Fluorine Chemistry, vol. 12, pp. 437-438 (1978).
The compounds [9-2] and [11-1] are commerciaUy avaflable or can be produced, for example, according to the process described in Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, vol. 5, p. 1035 (1995).
The compounds [6-1] and [A2-1] wherein Z is oxygen can be produced, for example, according to the process described in the foUowing Reference Producing Process 1.
Reference Producing Process 1
Figure imgf000078_0001
[Cl-5]
wherein R32, V, W, Q, and X are as defined above. 1) Step of producing compound [Cl-2] from compound [Cl-1]
The compound [Cl-2] can be produced by reacting compounds [Cl-1] and [2-1] in the presence of a base.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 150°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 72 hours. The amount of compound [2-1] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [Cl-1].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [Cl-1].
The base may include organic bases such as pyridine, 4-dimethyl- aminopyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, triethylamine, and l,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane; inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Hthium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, Hthium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and Hthium hydroxide; and metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, and potassium t-butoxide.
The solvent may include aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, and mesitylene; aHphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane; ethers such as diethyl ether, dusopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and methyl t-butyl ether; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyronitrile; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylform- amide and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-(HethylaniHne, triethylamine, and dusopropylethylamine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; water; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Cl-2]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
2) Step of producing compound [Cl-4] from compound [Cl-2]
The compound [Cl-4] can be produced, for example, according to the processes described in Journal of Organic Chemistry, vol. 60, pp. 7010-7012
(1995); Synthetic Communications, vol. 15, pp. 697-706 (1985); and the patent specification of U.S. Patent 4,358,611, or can be produced by the foUowing process.
Producing process by reacting compounds [Cl-2] and [Cl-3] in the presence of a base.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent; however, it may also be carried out without any solvent The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of -20°C to 200°C. The reaction time is usually in the range of a moment to 48 hours.
The amount of compound [Cl-3] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [Cl-2].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [Cl-2].
The base may include pyridine, triethylamine, and dusopropylethyl- amine.
The solvent may include chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, water, and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post- treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [Cl-4]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
3) Step of producing compound [Cl-5] from compound [Cl-2] The compound [Cl-5] can be produced from compound [Cl-2], for example, according to the process described in "Jikken Kagaku Koza" (Maruzen Co., Ltd.), 4th ed., vol. 20, pp. 360-365.
4) Step of producing compound [Cl-5] from compound [Cl-4] The compound [Cl-5] can be produced from compound [Cl-4], for example, according to the process described in Journal of the American Chemical Society, vol. 80, pp. 3932-3937 (1958).
The compound [6-1] wherein Z is sulfur can be produced, for example, according to the process described in Chemistry Letters, pp. 1385-1386 (1988).
The compound [A2-1] wherein Z is sulfur can be produced, for example, by the process described in the foUowing Reference Producing Process 2.
Reference Producing Process 2
X X
^-OR32 ► ^-NH2
Q-S-NH Q-S-NH
[C2-1] [C2-2] wherein R32, Q, and X are as defined above. The compound [C2-2] can be produced from compound [C2-1], for example, according to the process described in Journal of the American Chemical Society, vol. 80, pp. 3932-3937 (1958),
The compound [A3-1] can be produced, for example, according to the process described in "Jikken Kagaku Koza" (Maruzen Co., Ltd.), 4th ed., vol. 22, pp. 137-151. The compound [Bl-1] is commerciaUy available or can be produced, for example, according to the process described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, vol. 10, pp. 556-564 (1967).
The compounds [8-1] and [B3-1] can be produced according to the process described in the pubHshed specification of WO98/08824, or can also be produced, for example, by the process described in the foUowing Reference
Producing Process 3.
Reference Producing Process 3
Figure imgf000082_0001
[C3-5] [C3-6] wherein R1, R32, R201, R301, D, and V are as defined above; and R206 and R207 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, d-C5 alkyl or optionaUy substituted phenyl {e.g., phenyl, 2-nitrophenyl), with the proviso that R206 and R207 are not hydrogen at the same time.
1) Step of producing compound [C3-3] from compound [C3-1]
The compound [C3-3] can be produced by reacting compounds [C3-1] and [C3-2] in the presence of a base. The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of 0°C to the reflux temperature of the solvent. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 24 hours.
The amount of compound [C3-2] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [C3-1].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [C3-1].
The base may include N,N-dimethylani1in e and pyridine. The solvent may include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide; and aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene and toluene.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [C3-3]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
2) Step of producing compound [C3-4] from compound [C3-3]
The compound [C3-4] can be produced by reacting compounds [C3-3] and [Al-1] in the presence of a base. The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of 0°C to the reflux temperature of the solvent. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 96 hours.
The amount of compound [Al-1] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [C3-3].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [C3-3]. The base may include inorganic bases such as sodium hydride; and metal alcoholates such as sodium methylate and sodium ethylate.
The solvent may include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide; and aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene and toluene. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [C3-4]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
3) Step of producing compound [C3-5] from compound [C3-4]
The compound [C3-5] can be produced by reacting compounds [C3-4] and [1-2] in the presence of a base.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of 0°C to the reflux temperature of the solvent. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 96 hours. The amount of compound [1-2] to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, for 1 mole of compound [C3-4].
The amount of base to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 equivalent to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, relative to compound [C3-4].
The base may include inorganic bases such as sodium hydride, potassium hydroxide, and sodium hydroxide; and metal alcoholates such as sodium methylate and sodium ethylate. The solvent may include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; acid amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide; and aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene and toluene.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [C3-5]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
4) Step of producing compound [C3-6] from compound [C3-5]
The compound [C3-6] can be produced by reacting compound [C3-5] under the reduction conditions. The reduction conditions for producing compound [C3-6] may include, for example, the foUowing conditions: Reaction Conditions 1
The compound [C3-6] is produced by reacting compound [C3-5] with iron powder in the presence of an acid.
The reaction is usuaUy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of room temperature to the reflux temperature of the solvent. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 96 hours.
The amount of iron powder to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.5 mole to an excess, preferably 0.8 to 1.2 moles, relative to compound [C3-5].
The amount of acid to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 1 equivalent to an excess, preferably 1 to 10 equivalents, relative to compound [C3-5]. The acid may include organic acids such as p-toluenesulfόnic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid; and inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid and sulfuric acid.
The solvent may include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, and xylene; halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloro- benzene, and dichlorobenzene; ethers such as diethyl ether, dusopropyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate; nitro compounds such as nitromethane and nitrobenzene; nitriles such as acetonitrile and isobutyronitrile; acid amides formamide, N,N-dimethylform- amide, and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N,N-diethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, and N-methylmorpholine; sulfur compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulforane; fatty acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, and ethylene glycol; water; and mixtures thereof.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [C3-6]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
Reaction Conditions 2
The compound [C3-6] is produced by reacting compound [C3-5] with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.
The reaction is usuaHy carried out in a solvent. The reaction temperature is usuaUy in the range of 0°C to 150°C, preferably 0°C to 50°C. The reaction time is usuaUy in the range of a moment to 96 hours.
The reaction may also be carried out under increased pressure, preferably under a pressure of 1 to 5 atm.
The amount of catalyst to be used in the reaction is usuaUy in the range of 0.001% to 100% by weight based on the weight of compound [C3-5].
The catalyst to be used in the reaction may include anhydrous paUadium/carbon and hydrated paUadium/carbons. The solvent may include aHphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, Hgroin, cyclohexane, and petroleum ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, and xylene; halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloro- benzene, and dichlorobenzene; ethers such as diethyl ether, dusopropyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; esters such as ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and diethyl carbonate; acid amides such as formamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and acetamide; tertiary amines such as pyridine, triethylamine, dusopropylethylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniHne, and N-methylmorphoHne; fatty acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, and ethylene glycol; water; and mixtures thereof. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is subjected to ordinary post-treatments, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is then concentrated without further treatment; or the reaction mixture is poured into water and the deposited crystals are coUected by filtration; or the reaction mixture is poured into water, foUowed by extraction with an organic solvent and concentration, thus obtaining compound [C3-6]. The compound may be purified by a technique such as chromatography or recrystaUization.
The present compounds have exceUent herbicidal activity and some of them can exhibit exceUent selectivity between crops and weeds. In other words, the present compounds have herbicidal activity against various weeds which may cause some trouble in the foHar treatment and sofl treatment on upland fields, such as Hsted below.
Polygonaceous weeds: wfld buckwheat {Polygonum convolvulus), pale smartweed {Poly- gonum lapathioliuni), Pennsylvania smartweed {Polygonum pensylvanicum), ladysthumb {Polygonum persicaria), curly dock {Rumex crispus), broadleaf dock {Rumex obtusifolius), Japanese knotweed {Polygonum cuspidatum)
Portulacaceous weeds: common purslane {Portulaca oleracea) CaryophyUaceous weeds: common duckweed {Stellaria media)
Chenopodiaceous weeds: common lambsquarters {Chenopodium album), kochia {Kochia scoparia)
Amaranthaceous weeds: redroot pigweed {Amaranthus retroflexus), smooth pigweed {Amaranth us hybridus) Cruciferous (brassicaceous) weeds: wild radish {Raphanus raphanistrum) , wfld mustard {Sinapis arvensis), shepherdpurse {Capsella bursa-pastoris)
Leguminous (fabaceous) weeds: hemp sesbania {Sesbania exaltata), sicklepod {Cassia obtusifolia), Florida beggarweed {Desmodium tortuosum), white clover {Trifolium repens)
Malvaceous weeds: velvetleaf {Abutilon theophrasti), prickly sida {Sida spinosa)
"Violaceous weeds: field pansy ( viola arvensis), wfld pansy ( Viola tricolor) Rubiaceous weeds: catch weed bedstraw (cleavers) {Galium aparine)
Convolvulaceous weeds: ivyleaf morningglory {Ipomoea hederacea), taU morningglory {Ipomoea purpurea), entireleaf morningglory {Ipomoea hederacea var. integriuscula), pitted morningglory {Ipomoea lacunosa), field bindweed {Convolvulus arvensis)
Labiate weeds: red deadnettle {Lamium purpureum), henbit {Lamium amplexicaule)
Solanaceous weeds: jimsonweed {Datura stramonium), black nightshade {Solanum nigrum)
Scrophulariaceous weeds: birdseye speedweU { Veronica persica), ivyleaf speedweU {Veronica hederaefolia)
Composite weeds: common cocklebur (Xanthium pensylvanicum), common sunflower {Helianthus annuus), scentless chamoπύle {Matricaria perforata or inodora), corn marigold {Chrysanthemum segetum), pineappleweed {Matricaria matricarioides), common ragweed {Ambrosia artemisii folia), giant ragweed {Ambrosia trifida), horseweed {Erigeron canadensis), Japanese mugwort {Artemisia princeps), taU goldenrod {Solidago altissima)
Boraginaceous weeds: forget-me-not {Myosotis arvensis)
Asclepiadaceous weeds: common milkweed {Asclepias syriaca)
Euphorbiaceous weeds: sun spurge {Euphorbia hehoscopia), spotted spurge {Euphorbia macula ta)
Graminaceous weeds: barnyardgrass {Echinochloa crus-galh), green foxtaU {Setaria viridis), giant foxtail {Setaria faberi), large crabgrass {Digitaria sanguinalis), goosegrass {Eleusine indica), annual bluegrass {Poa annua), blackgrass {Alopecurus myosuroides), wfld oats {Avena fatua), johnsongrass {Sorghum halepense), quackgrass {Agropyron repens), downy brome {Bro us tecto- ru ), bermudagrass {Cynodon dactyloή), faU panicum {Panicum dichoto- miflorum), Texas panicum {Panicum texanum), shattercane {Sorghum vulgare) Commelinaceous weeds: common dayflower {Commelina communis)
Equisetaceous weeds: field horsetail {Equisetum arvense) Cyperaceous weeds: rice flatsedge {Cyperus iria), purple nutsedge {Cyperus rotundus), yeUow nutsedge {Cyperus esculentus)
Furthermore, some of the present compounds exhibit no significant phytotoxicity on the main crops such as corn {Zea mays), wheat {Triticum aestivum), barley {Hordeum vulgare), rice {Oryza sativa), sorghum {Sorghum bicolor), soybean {Glycine max), cotton {Gossypium spp.), sugar beet (β vulgaris), peanut {Arachis hypogaea), sunflower {Helianthus annuus), and canola {Brassica napus); horticultural crops such as flowers and ornamental plants; and vegetable crops.
The present compounds can also attain the effective control of various weeds which may cause some trouble in the no-tiHage cultivation of soybean {Glycine max), corn {Zea mays), wheat {Triticum aestivum), and other crops. Furthermore, some of the present compounds exhibit no significant phytotoxicity on the crops.
The present compounds also have herbicidal activity against various weeds which may cause some trouble in the flooding treatment on paddy fields, such as listed below.
Graminaceous weeds: barnyardgrass {Echinochloa oryzicola)
Scrophulariaceous weeds: common falsepimpemel {Lindernia procumbens)
Lythraceous weeds:
Indian toothcup {Rotala indica), red stem {Ammannia multiflora) Elatinaceous weeds: waterwort {Elatine triandra)
Cyperaceous weeds: smaUflower umbreUa sedge {Cyperus difformis), hardstem bulrush {Scirpus juncoides), needle spikerush {Eleocharis acicularis), water nutgrass {Cyperus serotinus), water chestnut {Eleocharis kuroguwai)
Pontederiaceous weeds: monochoria {Monochoria vaginalis) AHsmataceous weeds: arrowhead {Sagittaria pygmaea), arrowhead {Sagittaria trifolia), waterplantain {Alisma canaliculatum)
Potamogetonaceous weeds: roundleaf pondweed {Potamogeton distinctus) UmbeUoferous weeds: watercelery sp. {Oenanthe javanica)
Furthermore, some of the present compounds exhibit no significant phytotoxicity on transplanted paddy rice.
The present compounds can also attain the control of a wide variety of weeds which are growing or wiH grow in the orchards, grasslands, lawns, forests, waterways, canals, or other non-cultivated lands.
The present compounds also have herbicidal activity against various aquatic weeds, such as water hyacinth {Eichhornia crassipes), which are growing or wiU grow at the waterside such as waterways or canals. The present compounds have substantiaUy the same characteristics as those of the herbicidal compounds disclosed in the pubHshed specification of International Patent Apphcation, WO95/34659. In the case where crops with tolerance imparted by introducing a herbicide tolerance gene described in the pubHshed specification are cultivated, the present compounds can be used at larger rates than those used when ordinary crops without tolerance are cultivated, which makes it possible to control other unfavorable weeds more effectively.
When the present compounds are used as the active ingredients of herbicides, they are usuaUy mixed with sohd or Hquid carriers or diluents, surfactants, and other auxLHary agents to give emulsifiable concentrates, wettable powders, flowables, granules, concentrated emulsions, water- dispersible granules, or other formulations. These formulations may contain any of the present compounds as an active ingredient at an amount of 0.001 to 80% by weight, preferably 0.005 to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the formulation.
The solid carrier or diluent which can be used may include, for example, fine powders or granules of the foUowing materials : mineral mat- ters such as kaolin clay, attapulgite clay, bentonite, acid clay, pyrophyUite, talc, diatomaceous earth, and calcite; organic substances such as walnut sheU powder; water-soluble organic substances such as urea; inorganic salts such as ammonium sulfate; and synthetic hydrated siHcon oxide. The Hquid carrier or diluent which can be used may include, for example, aromatic hydrocarbons such as methylnaphthalene, phenylxylylethane, and alkyl- benzene {e.g., xylene); alcohols such as isopropanol, ethylene glycol, and 2-ethoxyethanol; esters such as phthahc acid dialkyl esters; ketones such as acetone, cyclohexanone, and isophorone; mineral oils such as machine oU; vegetable ofls such as soybean oil and cottonseed oil; dimethylsulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, N-methylpyrroHdone, and water.
The surfactant used for emulsification, dispersing, or spreading may include surfactants of the anionic type, such as alkylsulfates, alkylsulfonates, alkylarylsulfonates, dialkylsulfosuccinates, and phosphates of polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers; and surfactants of the nonionic type, such as polyoxy- ethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block copolymers, sorbitan fatty acid esters, and polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters.
The auxiliary agent may include Hgnin sulfonates, alginates, poly- vinyl alcohol, gum arabic, CMC (carboxymethylceUulose), and PAP (isopropyl acid phosphate).
The present compounds are usuaUy formulated as described above and then used for pre- or post-emergence sofl, fohar, or flooding treatment of weeds. The sofl treatment may include sofl surface treatment and soil incorporation. The fohar treatment may include appHcation over the plants and directed appHcation in which a chemical is appHed only to weeds so as to keep off the crop plants.
The present compounds may often exhibit the enhancement of herbi- cidal activity when used in aώnixture with other herbicides. They can also be used in admixture with insecticides, acaricides, nematocides, fungicides, bactericides, plant growth regulators, fertilizers, and soil conditioners.
Examples of the herbicide which can be used in admixture with the present compounds are atrazine, cyanazine, dimethametryn, metribuzin, prometryn, simazine, simetryn, chlorotoluron, diuron, daimuron, fluo- meturon, isoproturon, linuron, methabenzthiazuron, bromoxynil, ioxynil, ethalfluralin, pendimethalin, trifluralin, acifluorfen, acifluorfen-sodium, bifenox, chlomethoxynil, fomesafen, lactofen, oxadiazon, oxadiargyl, oxy- fluorfen, carfentrazone-ethyl, flumiclorac-pentyl, flumioxazine, fluthiacet- methyl, sulfentrazone, thidiazimin, azafenidin, pyraflufen-ethyl, cinidon- ethyl, fluazolate, difenzoquat, diquat, paraquat, 2,4-D, 2,4-DB, DCPA, MCPA, MCPB, clomeprop, clopyralid, dicamba, dithiopyr, fluroxypyr, mecoprop, naploaniHde, phenothiol, quinclorac, triclopyr, thiazopyr, acetochlor, alachlor, butachlor, diethatyl-ethyl, metolachlor, pretilachlor, propachlor, bensulfuron-methyl, chlorsuHuron, chlorimuron-ethyl, halosulfuron-methyl, metsulfuron-methyl, nicosulfuron, primisulfuron-methyl, pyrazosulfuron- ethyl, sulfometuron-ethyl, thifensulfuron-methyl, triasulfuron, tribenuron- methyl, oxasulfuron, azimsulfuron, cloransulam-methyl, cyclosulfamuron, flumetsulam, flupyrsulfuron, flazasulfuron, imazosulfuron, metosulam, diclosulam, prosulfuron, rimsulfuron, triflusulfuron-methyl, ethoxysulfuron, sulfosulfuron, flucarbazone, indosulfuron, imazamethabenz-methyl, imaza- pyr, imazaquin, imazethapyr, imazameth, imazamox, imazapic, bispyribac- sodium, pyriminobac-methyl, pyrithiobac-sodium, aUoxydim-sodium, cletho- di , sethoxydim, tralkoxydim, tepraloxydim, dichlofop -methyl, fenoxaprop- ethyl, fenoxaprop-p-ethyl, fluazifop-buthyl, fluazifop-p -butyl, haloxyfop- methyl, quizalofop-p-ethyl, cyhalofop-butyl, clodinafop-propargyl, benzo- fenap, clomazone, diflufenican, norflurazone, pyrazolate, pyrazoxyfen, flurtamone, isoxaflutole, isoxachlortole, sulcotrione, mesotrione, glufosinate- ammonium, glyphosate, bentazone, benthiocarb, bromobutide, butamifos, butylate, dimepiperate, dimethenamid, DSMA, EPTC, esprocarb, isoxaben, mefenacet, moHnate, MSMA, piperophos, pyributicarb, propanil, pyridate, triaUate, cafenstrol, flupoxam, fluthiamide, diflufenzopyr, triaziflam, pent- oxazone, epoprodan, metobenzuron, oxaziclomefone, and pyribenzoxim.
The above comp ounds are described in the catalog of Farm Chemicals Handbook, 1995 (Meister PubHshing Company); AG CHEM NEW COMPOUND REVIEW, VOL. 13, 1995 or VOL. 15, 1997 (AG CHEM INFORMATION SERVICES); AGROW, Nos. 287, 296, and 297, 1998 (PJB PubHcations Ltd.); or "Josouzai Kenkyu Souran" (Hakuyu-sha).
When the present compounds are used as the active ingredients of herbicides, the appHcation amount, although it may vary with the weather conditions, formulation types, appHcation times, appHcation methods, soil conditions, crops to be protected, weeds to be controUed, and other factors, is usuaUy in the range of 0.1 to 50,000 g, preferably 1 to 10,000 g, per hectare. In the case of emulsifiable concentrates, wettable powders, flowables, concentrated emulsions, water- dispersible granules, or other similar formulations, they are usuaUy apphed after diluted in their prescribed amounts with water (if necessary, containing an adjuvant such as a spreading agent) at a ratio of 10 to 1000 Hters per hectare. In the case of granules or some types of flowables, they are usuaUy apphed as such without any dilution.
The adjuvant which can be used, if necessary, may include, in addition to the surfactants as described above, polyoxyethylene resin acids
(esters), Hgnin sulfonates, abietates, diuaphthylmethanecHsulfonates, crop ofl concentrates, and vegetable oils such as soybean oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, and sunflower oil.
The present compounds can also be used as the active ingredients of harvesting aids such as defoHants and desiccants for cotton {Gossipyum spp.), and desiccants for potato {Solanum tuberosum). In these cases, the present compounds are usuaUy formulated in the same manner as the case where they are used as the active ingredients of herbicides, and used alone or in admixture with other harvesting aids for foHar treatment before the harvesting of crops.
Examples
The present invention wiU be further fllustrated by the foUowing production examples, formulation examples, and test examples; however, the present invention is not limited to these examples. The foUowing wiU describe the production examples for the present compounds. The present compounds are designated by their compound numbers which are defined as a combination of the structural formula numbers I to XVT and the sub-group numbers shown in Tables 1 to 30; or as a combination of the structural formula number XVII and the sub-group numbers shown in Tables 31 and 32. Production Example 1
Figure imgf000097_0001
A mixture of 315 mg of compound [1-a], 212 mg of 4-fluoronitro- benzene, 249 mg of potassium carbonate, and 6 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide was stirred at 70°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then poured into water, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 3 : 1) to give 82 mg of compound [1-b] (the present compound no. 1-89).
Η-NMR (CDC13, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 3.60 (q, 3H, J = 1.3 Hz), 6.40 (s, IH), 7.1-7.2 (m, 2H), 8.2-8.3 (m, 2H)
Production Example 2
Figure imgf000097_0002
A mixture of 50 mg of compound [1-a], 38 mg of 3,4-difluoronitro- benzene, 39 mg of potassium carbonate, and 1.5 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide was stirred at 70°C for 1 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then poured into water, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 3 : 1) to give 39 mg of compound [1-c] (the present compound no. 1-587).
Η-NMR (CDC13, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 3.60 (q, 3H, J = 1.3 Hz), 6.38 (s, IH), 7.10 (dd, IH, J = 9.1, 7.9 Hz), 8.0-8.1 (m, IH), 8.10 (dd, IH, J = 9.1, 2.6 Hz)
Production Example 3
Figure imgf000098_0001
A mixture of 53 mg of compound [1-a], 47 mg of 5-chloro-2-nitro- anisole, 41 mg of potassium carbonate, and 2 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide was stirred at 70°C for 1 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then poured into water, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to silica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 2 : 1) to give 7 mg of compound [1-d] (the present compound no. 1-115).
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 3.60 (q, 3H, J = 1.1 Hz), 3.98 (s, 3H), 6.38 (s, IH), 6.51 (dd, IH, J = 9.3, 2.8 Hz), 6.89 (d, IH, J = 2.8 Hz), 7.94 (d, IH, J = 9.3 Hz) For some compounds produced by the same producing process as described in Production Examples 1 to 3, their present compound numbers and physical properties are shown below. The present compound no. 1-91 m.p.: 130.0°C The present compound no. 1-106 m.p.: 122.9°C
The present compound no. 1-108 m.p.: 193.2°C
The present compound no. 1-109 m.p.: 187.4°C
The present compound no. 1-116 m.p.: 166.6°C
The present compound no. 1-118 m.p.: 121.8°C The present compound no. 1-123 m.p.: 117.2°C
The present compound no. 1-126 m.p.: 113.7°C
The present compound no. 1-127 m.p.: 54.4°C
The present compound no. 1-134 m.p.: 134.6°C
Production Example 4
Figure imgf000099_0001
To a mixture of 2.59 g of compound [4-a], 20 ml of dichloromethane, and 7 ml of tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise 1.23 ml of 32% peracetic acid at room temperature. Then, 0.86 g of copper (II) acetate and 1.0 g of compound [1-a] were added thereto, foUowed by stirring overnight. The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 2 hours and then cooled to room temperature. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogensulfite solution and
IN hydrochloric acid were added thereto, followed by filtration through CeHte. The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to silica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 4 : 1) to give 190 mg of compound [1-e] (the present compound no. 1-3). m.p.: 128.6°C
For some compounds produced by the same producing process as described in Production Example 4, their present compound numbers and physical properties are shown below. The present compound no. 1-4 m.p.: 154.2°C
The present compound no. 1-5 m.p.: 105.4°C
The present compound no. 1-7 m.p.: 106.3°C
The present compound no. 1-8 m.p.: 154.0°C
The present compound no. 1-85 m.p.: 94.7°C The present compound no. 1-87 m.p.: 141.2°C
The present compound no. 1-88 m.p.: 170.9°C
The present compound no. 1-351 m.p.: 127.2°C
The present compound no. 1-585 m.p.: 105.7°C
The present compound no. 1-694 m.p.: 95.5°C Production Example 5
Figure imgf000101_0001
A mixture of 106 mg of compound [2-a], 71 mg of 4-fluoronitro- benzene, 69 mg of potassium carbonate, and 3 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide was stirred at 60°C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then poured into water, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was washed with isopropanol and then with hexane to give 29 mg of compound [2-b] (the present compound no. 11-89).
Η-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 4.67 (bs, 2H), 6.31 (s, IH), 7.1- 7.2 (m, 2H), 8.2-8.3 (m, 2H)
Production Example 6
Figure imgf000101_0002
To a mixture of 1.0 g of compound [3-a], 0.2 g of tetrabutylammonium chloride, 4.8 g of sodium carbonate, 60 ml of chloroform, and 120 ml of water was added 1.3 g of 2-nitrophenylsulfenyl chloride at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and then extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : chloroform = 1 : 1) to give 50 mg of compound [3-b] (the present compound no. IX-79).
Η-NMR (CDC13, 300MHz) δ (ppm): 3.60 (q, 3H, J = 1.1 Hz), 6.41 (s, IH), 6.91 (dd, IH, J = 8.2, 1.0 Hz), 7.3-7.4 (m, IH), 7.5-7.7 (m, IH), 8.36 (dd, IH, J = 8.4, 1.3 Hz) Production Example 7
Figure imgf000102_0001
A mixture of 1.0 g of compound [1-a], 1.03 g of methyl 3-chloro-6- nitrobenzoate, 0.72 g of potassium carbonate, and 30 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide was stirred at 70°C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then poured into water, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and then with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The soHd obtained was washed with hexane to give 0.89 g of compound [1-f] (the present compound no. 1-301). Η-NMR (CDCI3, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 3.60 (q, 3H, J = 1.2 Hz), 3.92 (s,
3H), 6.38 (s, IH), 7.25-7.30 (m, 2H), 8.00-8.06 (m, IH) Production Example 8
Figure imgf000102_0002
Step 1
A mixture of 1.59 g of compound [1-a], 2.10 g of 2,4-difluoronitro- benzene, 0.41 g of Hthium carbonate, and 50 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide was stirred at 80°C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then poured into water, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 4 : 1) to give 1.82 g of compound [1-g] (the present compound no. 1-105). m.p.: 151.2°C
Step 2
To 175 mg of compound [1-g] were added 1 ml of N,N-dimethylform- amide and 60 mg of propylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and then poured into water, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 1 : 1) to give 100 mg of compound [1-h] (the present compound no. 1-202).
Η-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.05 (t, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.76 (tq, 2H, J = 7.3, 7.0 Hz), 3.23 (dt, 2H, J = 7.0, 7.0 Hz), 3.59 (q, 3H, J = 1.0 Hz), 6.16 (dd, IH, J = 9.5, 2.6 Hz), 6.38 (s, IH), 6.50 (d, IH, J = 2.6 Hz), 8.18 (d, IH, J = 9.5Hz), 8.1-8.3 (m,lH)
For some compounds produced by the same producing process as described in Production Example 8, their present compound numbers and physical properties are shown below.
The present compound no. 1-201
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.37 (t, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.2-3.4 (m, 2H), 3.59 (q, 3H, J = 1.1 Hz), 6.17 (dd, IH, J = 9.5, 2.8 Hz), 6.38 (s, IH), 6.50 (d, IH, J = 2.8 Hz), 8.0-8.2 (m, IH), 8.18 (d, IH, J = 9.5Hz)
The present compound no. 1-203 m.p.: 113.0°C
The present compound no. 1-204 Η-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 0.6-0.7 (m, 2H), 0.8-1.0 (m, 2H),
2.5-2.6 (m, IH), 3.60 (s, 3H), 6.22 (dd, IH, J = 9.5, 2.8 Hz), 6.39 (s, IH), 6.98 (d, IH, J = 2.8 Hz), 8.17 (d, IH, J = 9.5 Hz), 8.1-8.3 (m,lH)
The present compound no. 1-205
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 0.98 (t, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.4-1.6 (m, 2H), 1.6-1.8 (m, 2H), 3.2-3.3 (m, 2H), 3.60 (q, 3H, J = 1.3 Hz), 6.16 (dd, IH, J = 9.5, 2.7 Hz), 6.38 (s, IH), 6.51 (d, IH, J = 2.7 Hz), 8.19 (d, IH, J = 9.5 Hz), 8.1-8.3 (m, IH)
The present compound no. 1-206
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.49 (s, 9H), 3.60 (m, 3H), 6.16 (dd, IH, J = 9.5, 2.6 Hz), 6.38 (s, IH), 6.75 (d, IH, J = 2.6 Hz), 8.20 (d, IH, J = 9.5 Hz), 8.4-8.6 (b, IH)
The present compound no. 1-208
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.3-1.5 (m, 6H), 1.6-1.7 (m, IH), 1.7-1.9 (m, 2H), 2.0-2.1 (m, IH), 3.3-3.5 (m, IH), 3.60 (q, 3H, J = 1.2 Hz), 6.10 (dd, IH, J = 9.5, 2.7 Hz), 6.38 (s, IH), 6.55 (d, IH, J = 2.7 Hz), 8.18 (d, IH, J = 9.5 Hz), 8.24 (d, IH, J = 7.6 Hz)
The present compound no. 1-214 m.p.: 165.8°C
The present compound no. 1-220 Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 3.60 (q, 3H, J = 1.0 Hz), 3.83 (s,
IH), 4.06 (d, 2H, J = 5.1 Hz), 6.28 (dd, IH, J = 9.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.36 (d, IH, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.38 (s, IH), 8.23 (d, IH, J = 9.3 Hz), 8.5-8.6 (m, IH)
The present compound no. 1-221 Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.32 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.60 (q, 3H, J = 1.0 Hz), 4.04 (d, IH, J = 5.1 Hz), 4.29 (q, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz), 6.28 (dd, IH, J = 9.5, 2.6 Hz), 6.37 (d, IH, J = 2.6 Hz), 6.37 (s, IH), 8.23 (d, IH, J = 9.5 Hz), 8.5-8.6 (m, IH) The present compound no. 1-246
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 2.69 (t, 2H, J = 6.6 Hz), 3.5-3.7 (m, 5H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 6.27 (dd, IH, J = 9.5, 2.7 Hz), 6.38 (s, IH), 6.56 (d, IH, J = 2.7 Hz), 8.21 (d, IH, J = 9.5 Hz), 8.3-8.4 (m, IH)
The present compound no. 1-249 Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.97 (tt, 2H, J = 6.3, 5.4 Hz),
3.37 (s, 3H), 3.3-3.5 (m, 2H), 3.52 (t, 2H, J = 5.4 Hz), 3.59 (q, 3H, J = 1.0 Hz), 6.18 (dd, IH, J = 9.3, 2.8 Hz), 6.37 (s, IH), 6.52 (d, IH, J = 2.8 Hz), 8.19 (d, IH, J = 9.3 Hz), 8.4-8.5 (m, IH)
The present compound no. 1-251 Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.9-2.1 (m, 2H), 2.50 (t, 3H, J =
6.8 Hz), 3.36 (dt, 2H, J = 6.3, 5.4 Hz), 3.58 (q, 3H, J = 1.0 Hz), 6.26 (dd, IH, J = 9.7, 2.6 Hz), 6.38 (s, IH), 6.54 (d, IH, J = 2.6 Hz), 8.20 (d, IH, J = 9.7 Hz), 8.28 (d, IH, J = 5.4 Hz)
The present compound no. 1-253 Η-NMR (CDCI3, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.27 (t, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.97 (tt,
2H, J = 6.7, 6.1 Hz), 2.42 (t, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz), 3.2-3.4 (m, 2H), 3.59 (q, 3H, J = 1.1 Hz), 4.11 (q, 2H, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.29 (dd, IH, J = 9.5, 2.7 Hz), 6.37 (s, IH), 6.56 (d, IH, J = 2.7 Hz), 8.20 (d, IH, J = 9.5 Hz), 8.3-8.4 (m, IH)
The present compound no. 1-258 Η-NMR (CDCI3, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.05 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.10 (d,
3H, J = 6.9 Hz), 2.2-2.3 (m, IH), 3.60 (q, 3H, J = 1.3 Hz), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.8-3.9 (m, IH), 6.3-6.4 (m, IH), 6.38 (d, IH, J = 2.6 Hz), 6.37 (s, IH), 8.2-8.3 (m, IH), 8.5-8.6 (m, IH) The present compound no. 1-259
Η-NMR (CDC13, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 0.9-1.0 (m, 3H), 1.0-1.1 (m, 3H), 1.7-1.9 (m, 3H), 3.60 (q, 3H, J = 1.3 Hz), 3.72 (s, 3H), 4.0-4.2 (m, IH), 6.3-6.4 (m, 2H), 6.38 (s, IH), 8.23 (d, IH, J = 9.3 Hz), 8.33 ( d, IH, J = 6.9 Hz) The present compound no. 1-262
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.20 (t, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.1-3.4 (m, 2H), 3.59 (q, 3H, J = 1.2 Hz), 4.0-4.3 (m, 2H), 4.3-4.4 (m, IH), 6.2-6.4 (m, 2H), 6.37 (s, IH), 7.2-7.4 (m, 5H), 8.19 (d, IH, J = 9.4 Hz), 8.49 ( d, IH, J = 6.8 Hz) The present compound no. 1-263
Η-NMR (CDC13) 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 3.55 (q, 3H, J = 1.1 Hz), 6.31 (s, IH), 6.3-6.4 (m, IH), 6.7-6.8 (m, IH), 7.2-7.3 (m, 3H), 7.4-7.5 (m, 2H), 8.2-8.3 (m, IH), 9.64 ( bs, IH)
The present compound no. 1-267 m.p.: 144.8°C
The present compound no. 1-268 m.p.: 162.2°C
The present compound no. 1-269 m.p.: 204.0°C The present compound no. 1-271 m.p.: 111.5°C
The present compound no. 1-274
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 2.62 (s, 6H), 3.60 (q, 3H, J = 1.2 Hz), 6.23 (dd, IH, J = 9.5, 2.9 Hz), 6.39 (s, IH), 7.25 (d, IH, J = 2.9 Hz), 8.13 (d, 1H, J = 9.5 Hz), 8.45 (bs, IH)
The present compound no. 1-276 m.p.: 172.7°C
The present compound no. 1-277 m.p.: 163.1°C
The present compound no. 1-278
Η-NMR (CDC13, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 2.56 (s, 3H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 3.4- 3.5 (m, IH), 3.59 (m, 3H), 6.33 (dd, IH, J = 8.9, 2.6 Hz), 6.37 (s, IH), 6.73 (d, IH, J = 2.6 Hz), 7.49 (d, IH, J = 8.9 Hz)
The present compound no. 1-281 m.p.: 138.9°C
The present compound no. 1-285 m.p.: 162.5°C The present compound no. 1-287
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 2.90 (s, 6H), 3.59 (q, 3H, J = 1.3 Hz), 6.29 (dd, IH, J = 9.1, 2.6 Hz), 6.38 (s, IH), 6.75 (d, IH, J = 2.6 Hz), 7.83 (d, IH, J = 9.1 Hz)
The present compound no. 1-289 Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 0.92 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.2-1.4
(m, 2H), 1.6-1.7 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.17 (t, 2H, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.59 (q, 3H, J = 1.2 Hz), 6.29 (dd, IH, J = 8.9, 2.4 Hz), 6.37 (s, IH), 6.77 (d, IH, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.78 (d, IH, J = 8.9 Hz)
The present compound no. 1-290 Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.14 (t, 6H, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.19 (q,
4H, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.59 (q, 3H, J = 1.2 Hz), 6.36 (dd, IH, J = 9.0, 2.5 Hz), 6.37 (s, IH), 6.83 (d, IH, J = 2.5 Hz), 7.73 (d, IH, J = 9.0 Hz)
The present compound no. 1-291
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 0.88 (t, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.13 (t, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.5-1.7 (m, 2H), 3.0-3.2 (m, 2H), 3.17 (q, 4H, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.59 (q, 3H, J = 1.2 Hz), 6.34 (dd, IH, J = 9.2, 2.8 Hz), 6.37 (s, IH), 6.83 (d, IH, J = 2.8 Hz), 7.74 (d, IH, J = 9.2 Hz)
The present compound no. 1-292 Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 0.8-1.0 (m, 6H), 1.5-1.7 (m, 4H), 3.0-3.2 (m, 4H), 3.59 (q, 3H, J = 1.3 Hz), 6.33 (dd, IH, J = 9.2, 2.8 Hz), 6.37 (s, IH), 6.82 (d, IH, J = 2.8 Hz), 7.74 (d, IH, J = 9.2 Hz)
The present compound no. 1-589 Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 3.60 (q, 3H, J = 1.2 Hz), 6.40 (s,
IH), 6.85 (d, IH, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.78 (d, IH, J = 9.2 Hz)
Production Example 9
Figure imgf000108_0001
Step 1 Ammonia gas was bubbled into a mixture of 0.50 g of compound [1-g] and 3 ml of 2-methoxyethanol, foUowed by stirring at 120°C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 2 : 1) to give 0.14 g of compound [1-i] (the present compound no. I -199). m.p.: 179.7°C Step 2
First, 145 mg of ethyl 2-bromopropionate was added to 70 mg of compound [1-i], foUowed by stirring at 130°C for 2 hours and then refluxing for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 3 : 1) to give 10 mg of compound [1-j] (the present compound no. 1-226). m.p.: 59.9°C Production Example 10
Figure imgf000109_0001
A mixture of 175 mg of compound [1-g], 39 mg of sodium thio- methoxide, and 1 ml of N,N-cbmethylformamide was stirred at 0°C to room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into water, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and then with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate
= 3 : 1) to give 87 mg of compound [1-k] (the present compound no. 1-160). m.p.: 172.5°C
Production Example 11
Figure imgf000109_0002
A mixture of 175 mg of compound [1-g], 74 mg of ethyl 2-mercapto- propionate, 83 mg of potassium carbonate, and 1 ml of N,N-dimethyl- formamide was stirred at 60°C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then poured into water, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chroma- tography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 3.5 : 1) to give 77 mg of compound [1-1] (the present compound no. 1-179).
Η-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.2-1.4 (m, 3H), 1.58 (d, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.61 (q, 3H, J = 1.3 Hz), 3.77 (q, IH, J = 7.4 Hz), 4.0-4.2 (m, 2H), 6.38 (s, IH), 7.04 (dd, IH, J = 9.3, 2.8 Hz), 7.30 (d, IH, J = 2.8 Hz), 8.29 (d, IH, J = 9.3 Hz)
Production Example 12
Figure imgf000110_0001
Step 1 To a mixture of 12.9 g of compound [4-b], 17 ml of tetrahydrofuran, and 50 ml of methylene chloride was added dropwise 4.0 ml of 32% peracetic acid at 0°C. Then, 2.98 g of copper (II) acetate and 3.29 g of compound [1-a] were added thereto, foUowed by warming to 60°C and then stirring for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C. Saturated aqueous sodium hydro gensulfite solution and IN hydrochloric acid were added thereto, foUowed by filtration through CeHte. The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate and then concentrated. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 4 : 1) and the crystals obtained were washed with hexane to give 0.67 g of compound [1-m]. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 0.20 (s, 6H), 0.97 (s, 9H), 3.56- 3.57 (m, 3H), 6.34 (s, IH), 6.60-6.64 (m, 3H), 7.13-7.18 (m, IH)
Step 2
A mixture of 0.57 g of compound [1-m], 0.08 g of potassium fluoride, and 3 ml of N.N-dimethyHormamide was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Water and 1 N hydrochloric acid were added thereto in this order, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and then with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 4 : 1) to give 0.30 g of compound [1-n] (the present compound no. 1-599). m.p.: 191.3°C
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 3.57-3.58 (m, 3H), 5.02 (s, IH), 6.36 (s, IH), 6.55-6.65 (m, 3H), 7.15-7.21 (m,lH)
Step 3
A mixture of 0.12 g of compound [1-n], 90 mg of ethyl 2-bromo- propionate, 60 mg of potassium carbonate, and 2 ml of N,N-dimethylform- amide was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and then with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 4 : 1) to give 0.10 g of compound [l-o] (the present compound no. 1-625).
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.25 (t, 3H, J = 7.1), 1.59 (d, 3H, J = 6.9), 3.55-3.57 (m, 3H), 4.21 (q, 2H, J = 7.1), 4.73 (q, IH, J = 6.9), 6.33 (s, IH), 6.60-6.63 (m, 2H), 6.68-6.72 (m, IH), 7.19-7.25 (m, IH) Production Example 13
Figure imgf000112_0001
Step 1
To a mixture of 10.51 g of compound [4-c], 10 ml of tetrahydrofuran, and 30 ml of methylene chloride was added dropwise 2.9 ml of 32% peracetic acid at 0°C. Then, 2.15 g of copper (II) acetate and 2.36 g of compound [1-a] were added thereto, foUowed by stirring at 50°C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogensulfite solution and IN hydrochloric acid were added thereto, foUowed by filtration through CeHte. The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 4 : 1) to give 0.40 g of compound [1-p].
Η-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 0.23 (s, 6H), 1.02 (s, 9H), 3.56- 3.57 (m, 3H), 6.34 (s, IH), 6.60 (dd, IH, J = 8.7, 2.9 Hz), 6.74 (d, IH, J = 2.9 Hz), 7.26 (d, IH, J = 8.7 Hz) Step 2
A mixture of 0.40 g of compound [1-p], 0.05 g of potassium fluoride, and 2 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. Water and IN hydrochloric acid were added thereto in this order, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and then with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 4 : 1) to give 0.25 g of compound [1-q] (the present compound no. 1-350).
Η-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 3.55-3.57 (m, 3H), 5.63 (s, IH), 6.35 (s, IH), 6.66 (dd, IH, J = 8.6, 2.9 Hz), 6.72 (d, IH, J = 2.9 Hz), 7.27 (d, IH, J = 8.6 Hz)
Step 3 A mixture of 0.40 g of compound [1-q], 0.07 g of potassium carbonate,
0.10 g of ethyl 2-bromopropionate, and 2 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water was added thereto, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and then with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 3 : 1) to give 0.19 g of compound [1-r] (the present compound no. 1-377). m.p.: 102.3°C Production Example 14
Figure imgf000113_0001
Step 1
A mixture of 0.10 g of compound [1-n] and 1 ml of sulfuryl chloride was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Water was added thereto, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and then with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then concentrated to give 0.10 g of compound [1-s].
Η-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 3.56-3.58 (m, 3H), 6.34 (s, IH), 6.53 (s, IH), 7.41 (s, IH) Step 2
A mixture of 0.09 g of compound [1-s], 0.04 g of potassium carbonate, 0.05 g of ethyl 2-bromopropionate, and 2 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water was added thereto, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and then with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 3 : 1) to give 50 mg of compound [1-t] (the present compound no. 1-671).
Η-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.20 (t, 3H, J = 7.1), 1.62 (d, 3H, J = 6.7), 3.55-3.57 (m, 3H), 4.13 (q, 2H, J = 7.1), 4.59 (q, IH, J = 6.7), 6.35 (s, IH), 6.49 (s, IH), 7.45 (s, IH)
For one compound produced by the same producing process as described in Production Example 14, its present compound number and physical properties are shown below. The present compound no. 1-645 m.p.: 123.4°C Production Example 15
Figure imgf000115_0001
A mixture of compound [15-a], methyl iodide, potassium carbonate, and dimethylsulfoxide is heated with stirring. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and then poured into water, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue is subjected to sflica gel column chromatography to give compound [1-e] (the present compound no. 1-4).
The foUowing wfll describe a production example for the present intermediate A.
Production Example Al
Step 1
A mixture of 2,3-dichlorophenol, 0-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)hydroxylamine, potassium carbonate, and N,N-dimethylformamide is heated with stirring. The reaction mixture is cooled and then poured into water, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and then concentrated. The residue is subjected to sflica gel column chromatography to give 0-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)hydroxy- amine. Step 2
Pyridine is added dropwise to a mixture of 0-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)- hydroxyamine, phenyl chloroformate, and tetrahydrofuran, foUowed by stirring at room temperature. Diluted hydrochloric acid is added to the reaction mixture, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and then concentrated. The residue is subjected to silica gel column chromatography to give N-phenyloxycarbonyl-0-(2,3-dicMorophenyl)hydroxyamine.
Step 3 Sodium hydride is added to N,N-dimethylformamide, to which ethyl
3-amino-4,4,4-trifluorocrotonate is then added dropwise. At room temperature, N-ethyloxycarbonyl-0-(2,3-oHcMorophenyl)hyd^oxyarαine dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide is added dropwise thereto, foUowed by heating with stirring. The reaction mixture is poured into ice-water, and diluted hydro- chloric acid is added thereto, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and then concentrated. The residue is subjected to sflica gel column chromatography to give compound [15-a].
The foUowing wiU describe production examples for the present intermediate B.
Production Example Bl
Step 1
To 10.5 g of ethyl 3-amino-4,4,4-trifluorocrotonate were added 50 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide and 2.10 g of sodium hydride. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 minutes, and a mixture of 11.6 g of N-phenyloxycarbonyl-0-benzy ydroxylamine and 10 ml of N,N-dimethyl- formamide was added thereto, foUowed by stirring at 80°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and 3.56 ml of methyl iodide was added thereto, foUowed by stirring at 60°C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then poured into water, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 5 : 1) to give 12.5 g of 3-benzyloxy- l-methyl-6-trifluoromethyl-2,4(lH,3H -pyrimidinedione.
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 3.52 (q, 3H, J = 1.3 Hz), 5.14 (s, 2H), 6.25 (s, IH), 7.3-7.4 (m, 3 Hz), 7.5-7.6 (m, 2 Hz) Step 2
To 150 mg of 3-benzyloxy- l-methyl-6-trifluoromethyl-2,4(lH,3H)- pyrimidinedione were added 2.5 ml of methanol and 19 mg of 10% paUadium/carbon. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas for 1 hour. The atmosphere over the reaction system was replaced with nitrogen gas. The reaction mixture was then filtered through Cehte. The filtrate was concentrated to give 100 mg of compound [1-a].
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 3.57 (s, 3H), 6.32 (s, IH)
Production Example B2 Step 1
To 41 g of ethyl 3-amino-4,4,4-trifluorocrotonate were added 100 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide and 8.4 g of sodium hydride. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 minutes. A mixture of 55 g of N-phenyl- oxycarbonyl-0-benzyUiydroxyamine and 10 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide was added thereto, foUowed by stirring at 60°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then poured into a mixture of acetic acid and ice-water. The deposited crystals were coUected by filtration to give 10 g of 3-benzyloxy-6-trifluoromethyl-2,4(lH,3H)-pyrir dinedione.
Η-NMR (CDClg, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 5.07 (s, 2H), 6.12 (s, IH), 7.3- 7.4 (m, 3 Hz), 7.4-7.5 (m, 2 Hz)
Step 2
To 1.0 g of 3-benzyloxy-6-trifluoromethyl-2,4(lH,3H)-pyrimidine- dione were 7.0 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide and 0.14 g of sodium hydride. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 minutes. Then, 0.70 g of 0-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)hydroxylamine was added thereto, foUowed by stirring at 60°C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then poured into water, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was subjected to sflica gel column chromatography (eluent, hexane : tetrahydrofuran = 5 : 1) to give 0.69 g of 3-benzyloxy- l-amino-6-trifluoromethyl- 2,4(lH,3H)-pyrimidinedione. Η-NMR (CDClg, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 4.58 (s, 2H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 6.18
(s, IH), 7.4-7.5 (m, 3 Hz), 7.5-7.6 (m, 2 Hz)
Step 3
To 690 mg of 3-benzyloxy- l-amino-6-trifluoromethyl-2,4(lH,3H)- pyrimidinedione were added 12 ml of methanol, 12 ml of tetrahydrofuran, and 89 mg of 20% paUadium/carbon. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas for 1 hour. The atmosphere over the reaction system was replaced with nitrogen gas. The reaction mixture was then filtered through CeHte. The filtrate was concentrated to give 309 mg of compound [2-a]. m.p., 89.7°C
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 4.68 (s, 2H), 6.28 (s, IH)
Production Example B3
To 0.76 g of 3-benzyloxy-6-trifluoromethyl-2,4-(lH,3H)-pyrimidine- dione were added 30 ml of methanol and 80 mg of 20% paUadium/carbon. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas for 1.5 hours. The atmosphere over the reaction system was replaced with nitrogen gas. The reaction mixture was then filtered through CeHte. The filtrate was concentrated to give 0.51 g of 3-hydroxy-6- trifluoromethyl-2,4-(lH,3H)-pyrimidinedione.
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 6.07 (s, IH)
The foUowing wfll describe production examples for intermediates used for the production of the present compounds, as reference production examples.
Reference Production Example 1
Figure imgf000119_0001
Step 1
To a mixture of 25 g of compound [Cl-a], 12.5 ml of ethyl chloro- formate, and 200 ml of tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise 40 ml of pyridine. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour.
Diluted hydrochloric acid was added thereto, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated to give 33 g of the crude compound [Cl-b]. Steps 2 and 3 To 300 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide was added 5.9 g of sodium hydride and then added dropwise 26.8 g of ethyl 3-amino-4,4,4-trifluoro- crotonate. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes, and 33 g of the crude compound [Cl-b] suspended in 200 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide was added dropwise thereto, foUowed by stirring at 100°C for 1 hour and then at 160°C for 1.5 hours. After cooling for 30 minutes, 9.1 ml of methyl iodide was added, and the reaction mixture was left at room temperature overnight. Another 2 ml of methyl iodide was added thereto, foUowed by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water, and diluted hydrochloric acid was added thereto, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was washed with t-butyl methyl ether and then with hexane to give 19.9 g of compound [Cl-d]. m.p.: 156.8°C Step 4
A mixture of 50 ml of acetic acid, 50 ml of water, and 5.0 g of iron powder was heated to 80°C, to which a solution of 5.0 g of compound [Cl-d] in 45 ml of ethyl acetate was added dropwise. After completion of the drop- wise addition, heating was ceased, and the reaction mixture was then stirred for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, foUowed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and then with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was washed with t-butyl methyl ether and then with hexane to give 1.0 g of compound [Cl-e]. The wash filtrate was concentrated and then subjected to column chromatography (eluent, hexane : ethyl acetate = 2 : 1) to give another 1.9 g of compound [3-a]. Yield: 36%. Η-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 3.49-3.51 (m, 3H), 6.22 (s, IH),
9.40 (br, IH)
Reference Production Example 2
Figure imgf000121_0001
To a mixture of 2.79 g of magnesium, 10 ml of diethyl ether, and a piece of iodine was added dropwise a mixture of 20.0 g of compound [4-d] and
45 ml of diethyl ether at room temperature at such a speed that the reaction mixture was gently refluxed. Then, 20 ml of diethyl ether was added thereto, foUowed by stirring at room temperature for another 1 hour. Then,
50 ml of benzene was added thereto, and 8.6 g of bismuth trichloride was added thereto in five portions over 30 minutes, foUowed by heating under reflux for 4.5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C, and a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added thereto, foUowed by filtration through CeHte. The filtrate was extracted with t-butyl methyl ether. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride solu- tion, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was washed with hexane to give 7.67 g of compound [4-a].
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 250 MHz) δ (ppm): 7.33-7.38 (m, 6H), 7.58-7.63 (m, 6H)
Some of the present compounds are fllustrated below; however, the present compounds are not Hmited to these examples.
In the foUowing structural formulas I to XVI, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are those as shown in Tables 1 to 30.
Figure imgf000122_0001
π
Figure imgf000122_0002
Figure imgf000122_0003
V VI
Figure imgf000122_0004
VII VIII
Figure imgf000123_0001
DC X
Figure imgf000123_0002
XI XII
Figure imgf000123_0003
Figure imgf000123_0004
XV XVI TABLE 1
Figure imgf000124_0001
TABLE 2
Figure imgf000125_0001
TABLE 3
Figure imgf000126_0001
TABLE 4
Figure imgf000127_0001
TABLE 5
Figure imgf000128_0001
TABLE 6
Figure imgf000129_0001
TABLE 7
Figure imgf000130_0001
TABLE 8
Figure imgf000131_0001
TABLE 9
Figure imgf000132_0001
TABLE 10
Figure imgf000133_0001
TABLE 11
Figure imgf000134_0001
TABLE 12
Figure imgf000135_0001
TABLE 13
TABLE 14
Figure imgf000137_0001
TABLE 15
Figure imgf000138_0001
TABLE 16
Figure imgf000139_0001
TABLE 17
Figure imgf000140_0001
TABLE 18
Figure imgf000141_0001
TABLE 19
Figure imgf000142_0001
TABLE 20
Figure imgf000143_0001
TABLE 21
Figure imgf000144_0001
TABLE 22
Figure imgf000145_0001
TABLE 23
Figure imgf000146_0001
TABLE 24
Figure imgf000147_0001
TABLE 25
Figure imgf000148_0001
TABLE 26
Figure imgf000149_0001
TABLE 27
Figure imgf000150_0001
TABLE 28
Figure imgf000151_0001
TABLE 29
Figure imgf000152_0001
TABLE 30
Figure imgf000153_0002
In Tables 1 to 30, the superscripts "n", "I", and "c" mean the prefixes "normal-", "iso-", and "cyclo-", respectively.
In the foUowing structural formula XVII, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are those as shown in Tables 31 and 32.
Figure imgf000153_0001
XVII as
O 0 ffi a a X a a a a a a a X a a a X a a a a a a a a a
O fa 2 o fa 2 o fa 2 o
K a o 2 O o a a a o 2 o o a a a O 2 O o a a a o 2
ft! a ϋ a X a a o a o a a a a O a o a a a a ϋ a o a a
rH O o O U o o ϋ fa o o o o o o fa o o O o o o fa o o o o
CM
o o o o o o o o ϋ o o ϋ o ϋ o o o o o o o o o o o
a a a o X o o a o o a o o a o a o a o a o o a o a a o 2
N O O O o o o o o O o o o o o CO co O O O O CO O O CO CO v© f> β\
CN 00 «o ΪD t 00 05 o CN CO Ui ςo c- 00 OS o CN co in CN J CN CN CN o
©
O
TABLE 32
Figure imgf000155_0001
The foUowing wiU describe formulation examples. In these formulation examples, the present compounds are designated by their compound numbers {i.e., chemical formula number - sub-group number) and parts are by weight.
Formulation Example 1
Fifty parts of each of the present compounds 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-7, 1-8, 1-85, 1-87, 1-88, 1-89, 1-91, 1-105, 1-106, 1-108, 1-115, 1-116, 1-118, 1-123, 1-126, 1-127, 1-160, 1-179, 1-199, 1-201, 1-202, 1-203, 1-204, 1-205, 1-206, 1-208, 1-214, 1-220, 1-221, 1-226, 1-246, 1-249, 1-253, 1-258, 1-263, 1-267, 1-274, 1-276, 1-277, 1-278, 1-281, 1-285, 1-287, 1-289, 1-290, 1-291, 1-292, 1-301, 1-351, 1-377, 1-585, 1-645, and 11-89, 3 parts of calcium lignin sulfonate, 2 parts of sodium lauryl sulfate, and 45 parts of synthetic hydrated silicon oxide are weU pulverized and mixed to give a wettable powder for each compound.
Formulation Example 2
Ten parts of each of the present compounds 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-7, 1-8, 1-85, 1-87, 1-88, 1-89, 1-91, 1-105, 1-106, 1-108, 1-115, 1-116, 1-118, 1-123, 1-126, 1-127, 1-160, 1-179, 1-199, 1-201, 1-202, 1-203, 1-204, 1-205, 1-206, 1-208, 1-214, 1-220, 1-221, 1-226, 1-246, 1-249, 1-253, 1-258, 1-263, 1-267, 1-274, 1-276, 1-277, 1-278, 1-281, 1-285, 1-287, 1-289, 1-290, 1-291, 1-292, 1-301, 1-351, 1-377, 1-585, 1-645, and 11-89, 14 parts of polyoxyethylene styryl phenyl ether, 6 parts of calcium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, 35 parts of xylene, and 35 parts of cylcohexanone are weU mixed to give an emulsifiable concentrate for each compound. Formulation Example 3
Two parts of each of the present compounds 1-1 to 1-736, II-l to 11-736, III-l to III-736, rV-1 to rV-736, V-l to V-736, VI-1 to VI-736, VII-1 to VII-736, VIII- 1 to Vπi-736, IX-l to IX- 736, X-l to X-736, XI- 1 to XI-736, XII- 1 to XII- 736, XIII- 1 to XIII-736, XIV- 1 to XTV-736, XV- 1 to XV-736, XVI-1 to XVI-736, and XVII- 1 to XVTI-28, 2 parts of synthetic hydrated silicon oxide, 2 parts of calcium Hgnin sulfonate, 30 parts of bentonite, and 64 parts of kaolin clay are weU pulverized and mixed, and the mixture is weU kneaded with water, followed by granulation and drying, to give a granule for each compound. Formulation Example 4
Twenty-five parts of each of the present compounds 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-7, 1-8, 1-85, 1-87, 1-88, 1-89, 1-91, 1-105, 1-106, 1-108, 1-115, 1-116, 1-118, 1-123, 1-126, 1-127, 1-160, 1-179, 1-199, 1-201, 1-202, 1-203, 1-204, 1-205, 1-206, 1-208, 1-214, 1-220, 1-221, 1-226, 1-246, 1-249, 1-253, 1-258, 1-263, 1-267, 1-274, 1-276, 1-277, 1-278, 1-281, 1-285, 1-287, 1-289, 1-290, 1-291, 1-292, 1-301, 1-351, 1-377, 1-585, 1-645, and 11-89, 50 parts of 10% aqueous polyvinyl alcohol solution, and 25 parts of water are mixed and pulverized until the mean particle size reaches 5 μm or smaller to give a flowable for each compound.
Formulation Example 5 Five parts of each of the present compounds 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-7, 1-8, 1-85,
1-87, 1-88, 1-89, 1-91, 1-105, 1-106, 1-108, 1-115, 1-116, 1-118, 1-123, 1-126, 1-127, 1-160, 1-179, 1-199, 1-201, 1-202, 1-203, 1-204, 1-205, 1-206, 1-208, 1-214, 1-220, 1-221, 1-226, 1-246, 1-249, 1-253, 1-258, 1-263, 1-267, 1-274, 1-276, 1-277, 1-278, 1-281, 1-285, 1-287, 1-289, 1-290, 1-291, 1-292, 1-301, 1-351, 1-377, 1-585, 1-645, and 11-89 is added to 40 parts of 10% aqueous polyvinyl alcohol solution, and the mixture is emulsified by dispersion with a homogenizer until the mean particle size reaches 10 μm or smaUer, foUowed by addition of 55 parts of water, to give a concentrated emulsion for each compound. The foUowing are test examples for demonstrating that the present compounds are useful as the active ingredients of herbicides. In these test examples, the present compounds are designated by their compound numbers defined above. Test Example 1
Cylindrical plastic pots of 10 cm in diameter and 10 cm in depth were filled with soil, seeded with velvetleaf {Abutilon theophrasti), and kept in a greenhouse for 7 days. After that, according to Formulation Example 2, test compound 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-7, 1-8, 1-85, 1-87, 1-88, 1-89, 1-91, 1-105, 1-106, 1-108, 1-115, 1-116, 1-118, 1-123, 1-126, 1-127, 1-134, 1-160, 1-179, 1-199, 1-201, 1-202, 1-203, 1-204, 1-205, 1-206, 1-208, 1-214, 1-220, 1-221, 1-226, 1-246, 1-249, 1-251, 1-253, 1-258, 1-259, 1-262, 1-263, 1-267, 1-268, 1-269, 1-271, 1-274, 1-276, 1-277, 1-278, 1-281, 1-285, 1-287, 1-289, 1-290, 1-291, 1-292, 1-301, 1-350, 1-351, 1-377, 1-585, 1-587, 1-625, 1-645, 1-671, 1-694, or 11 -89 was formulated into an emulsifiable concentrate, which was diluted in a prescribed amount with water containing a spreading agent and then uniformly sprayed over the fohage of the plants with a sprayer at a ratio of 1000 liters per hectare. The pots were further kept in the greenhouse for 13 days and examined for herbicidal activity. As a result, it was found that compounds 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-7, 1-8, 1-85, 1-87, 1-88, 1-89, 1-91, 1-105, 1- 106, 1-108, 1- 115, 1-116, 1-118, 1-123, 1-126, 1-127, 1-134, 1-160, 1-179, 1-199, 1-201, 1-202, 1-203, 1-204, 1-205, 1-206, 1-208, 1-214, 1-220, 1-221, 1-226, 1-246, 1-249, 1-251, 1-253, 1-258, 1-259, 1-262, 1-263, 1-267, 1-268, 1-269, 1-271, 1-274, 1-276, 1-277, 1-278, 1-281, 1-285, 1-287, 1-289, 1-290, 1-291, 1-292, 1-301, 1-350, 1-351, 1-377, 1-585, 1-587, 1-625, 1-645, 1-671, 1-694, and π -89 completely killed the velvetleaf each at a dosage of 2000 g/ha.
Test Example 2
Cylindrical plastic pots of 10 cm in diameter and 10 cm in depth were fiUed with soU and seeded with velvetleaf {Abutilon theophrasti). According to Formulation Example 2, test compound 1-3, 1-4, 1-7, 1-8, 1-85, 1-87, 1-88, 1-89, 1-91, 1-105, 1-106, 1-108, 1-115, 1-116, 1-118, 1-123, 1-126, 1-127, 1-134, 1-160, 1-179, 1-199, 1-201, 1-202, 1-203, 1-204, 1-205, 1-206, 1-208, 1-214, 1-220, 1-221, 1-226, 1-246, 1-249, 1-253, 1-267, 1-268, 1-271, 1-274, 1-276, 1-277, 1-278, 1-285, 1-287, 1-289, 1-290, 1-291, 1-292, 1-301, 1-350, 1-351, 1-377, 1-585, 1-625, or π -89 was formulated into an emulsifiable concentrate, which was diluted in a prescribed amount with water and then uniformly sprayed over the surface of the soil in the pots with a sprayer at a ratio of 1000 liters per hectare. The pots were kept in a greenhouse for 13 days and examined for herbicidal activity. As a result, it was found that compounds 1-3, 1-4, 1-7, 1-8, 1-85, 1-87, 1-88, 1-89, 1-91, 1-105, 1-106, 1-108, 1-115, 1-116, 1-118, 1-123, 1-126, 1-127, 1-134, 1-160, 1-179, 1-199, 1-201, 1-202, 1-203, 1-204, 1-205, 1-206, 1-208, 1-214, 1-220, 1-221, 1-226, 1-246, 1-249, 1-253, 1-267, 1-268, 1-271, 1-274, 1-276, 1-277, 1-278, 1-285, 1-287, 1-289, 1-290, 1-291, 1-292, 1-301, 1-350, 1-351, 1-377, 1-585, 1-625, and π -89 completely inhibited the germination of the velvetleaf each at a dosage of 2000 g/ha. Test Example 3 Cylindrical plastic pots of 9 cm in diameter and 11 cm of depth were filled with soil, seeded with barnyardgrass {Echinochloa oryzicola), flooded into a paddy field, and kept in a greenhouse for 12 days. According to Formulation Example 2, test compound 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-7, 1-8, 1-85, 1-87, 1-88, 1-89, 1-91, 1-105, 1-106, 1-108, 1-115, 1-116, 1-118, 1-123, 1-126, 1-127, 1-160, 1- 179, 1-199, 1-201, 1-202, 1-203, 1-204, 1-205, 1-206, 1-208, 1-214, 1-220, 1-221, 1-226, 1-246, 1-249, 1-253, 1-258, 1-263, 1-267, 1-274, 1-276, 1-277, 1-278, 1-281, 1-285, 1-287, 1-289, 1-290, 1-291, 1-292, 1-301, 1-351, 1-377, 1-585, 1-645, or H -89 was formulated into an emulsifiable concentrate, which was d luted in a prescribed amount with water and then appHed on the water surface in the pots at a ratio of 50 liters per are. The pots were further kept in the greenhouse for 13 days and examined for herbicidal activity. As a result, it was found that compounds 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-7, 1-8, 1-85, 1-87, 1-88, 1-89, 1-91, 1-105, 1-106, 1-108, 1-115, 1-116, 1-118, 1-123, 1-126, 1-127, 1-160, 1-179, 1-199, 1-201, 1-202, 1-203, 1-204, 1-205, 1-206, 1-208, 1-214, 1-220, 1-221, 1-226, 1-246, 1-249, 1-253, 1-258, 1-263, 1-267, 1-274, 1-276, 1-277, 1-278, 1-281, 1-285, 1-287, 1-289, 1-290, 1-291, 1-292, 1-301, 1-351, 1-377, 1-585, 1-645, and H -89 completely killed the barnyardgrass each at a dosage of 1000 g/ha.
Industrial Apphcability
The uracil compounds of the present invention are useful as active ingredients of herbicides because of their exceUent herbicidal activity.

Claims

1. A uracil compound of the general formula:
Figure imgf000160_0001
wherein R1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, or Cj-Cg alkyl;
R2 is Cx-C3 alkyl, CrC3 haloalkyl, C3-C6 alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, N(R61)R62, or N=C(R61)R62, wherein R61 and R62 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, Cj-Cg alkyl, or Ci-Cg haloalkyl; R3 is CrC3 alkyl or CrC3 haloalkyl; or R2 and R3 may be combined at their ends to form optionaUy fluorine- substituted trimethylene or optionaUy fluorine-substituted tetramethylene; Q is optionaUy substituted phenyl; and
X, Y, and Z are the same or different and independently oxygen or sulfur.
2. The uracil compound according to claim 1, wherein Q is a group of the general formula:
Figure imgf000160_0002
wherein R4 is hydrogen, halogen, Cj-Cg alkyl, or d-Cg haloalkyl;
R5 is hydrogen, halogen, N02, CN, C^Ca alkoxy, d-Cg alkyl, or CrC3 haloalkyl;
R6 is hydrogen, halogen, C C6 alkyl, CrC6 haloaUcyl, OR9, SR10, N(RU)R12, COOR13, COOM, COR14, SO2R15, NO2, CN, CR20=C(R16)R17, or CR18=NOR19;
R7 is hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 haloaUcyl, hydroxy Cι-C6 alkyl, d-Cβ alkoxy CrC6 alkyl, OR39, SR40, N(R41)R42, COOR43, COOM, COR44,
SO2R45, NO2) CN, C ^COHR47, or CR48=NOR49; and R8 is hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 haloaUcyl, hydroxy Cj-Ce aUcyl, CrC6 aUcoxy Cx-C6 aUcyl, OR69, SR70, N(R71)R72, NR71N(R70)R72,
NR71OR69, COOR73, COOM, COR74, SO2R75, NO2, CN, CR80=C(R76)R77, or
CR78=NOR79; wherein R9, R39, and R69 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, Cι-C10 alkyl, C C10 haloalkyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 haloalkenyl, Cg-Cg alkynyl, C3-C8 haloalkynyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkenyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkenyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl
Figure imgf000161_0001
alkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkyl Ci-Cg alkyl, C3-Cι0 cycloalkenyl Cι-C3 alkyl, C3-Cι0 halocycloalkenyl Ci-Cg alkyl, (Cι-C5 allcyl)carbonyl, (Cj-Cg haloaUcyl)carbonyl, (C3-C6 cycloalkyl)carbonyl,
(C3-C6 halocycloalkyl)carbonyl, (Ci-C6 alkyl)carbonyl Cι-C6 alkyl, (Ci-C6 haloalkyl)carbonyl Ci-C6 alkyl, (Cι-C6 alkoxy)carbonyl, (Cι-C6 haloalkoxy)carbonyl, (C3-Cι0 cycloaUcoxy)carbonyl, (C3-C10 halocyclo- alkoxy)carbonyl, carboxy Cι-C5 aUcyl, (hydroxy Ci-C5 alkoxy)carbonyl Ci-C5 aUcyl, (Cι-Cι0 aUcoxy)carbonyl Cι-C5 alkyl, (Cι-C10 haloaUcoxy)- carbonyl Ci-C5 alkyl, tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonyl Ci-C6 alkyl, tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonyl Ci-C6 aUcyl, {(Ci-C6 aUcoxy) Ci-C6 aUcoxy}carbonyl Cι-C6 alkyl, [{(Cι-C6 alkoxy)carbonyl} Ci-C6 alkoxy]- carbonyl Ci-C6 aUcyl, [2-aza-2-(Cι-C3 alkoxy)- l-{(CrC3 alkoxy)- carbonyl} vinyl] Cι-C3 alkyl, (C3-Cι0 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl Ci-Ce alkyl,
(C3-C10 halocycloaUcoxy)carbonyl Cι-C3 alkyl, aminocarbonyl Cι-C6 aUcyl, (Ci-C6 aUcylamino)carbonyl Cι-C6 alkyl, (C3-C8 alkenyloxy)- carbonyl Ci-C6 alkyl, (C3-C8 aUcynyloxy)carbonyl Cι-C6 aUcyl, hydroxy CrC6 alkyl, CrC6 aUcoxy Cι-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 haloaUcoxy Ci-C6 aUcyl, mercapto Cι-C6 a cyl, Cι-C6 alkylthio Cι-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 haloalkylthio Cι-C6 alkyl, cyano Cι-C4 aUcyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, optionaUy substituted phenyl, (optionaUy substituted phenyl) Cι-C3 alkyl, optionaUy substituted phenylcarbonyl, or SO2R22;
R10, R40, and R70 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, Cι-C10 alkyl, Cι-Cι0 haloalkyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 haloalkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, C3-C8 haloalkynyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C3-Cι0 halocycloalkyl, C3-Cι0 cycloalkenyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkenyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl Cj-Cg alkyl, C3-Cι0 halocycloalkyl Cj-Cg alkyl, C3-Cι0 cycloalkenyl Cι-C3 alkyl, C3-Cι0 halocycloalkenyl Cj-Cg alkyl, (Ci-C5 alkyl)carbonyl, (Cι-C5 haloaUcyl)carbonyl, (C3-C6 cycloalkyl)carbonyl, (C3-C6 halocycloalkyl)carbonyl, (Ci-C6 alkyl)carbonyl Ci-C6 alkyl, (Cι-C6 haloalkyl)carbonyl Cι-C6 alkyl, (Cι-C6 alkoxy)carbonyl, (Ci-C6 haloaUcoxy)carbonyl, (C3-Cι0 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl, (C3-Cι0 halocyclo- alkoxy)carbonyl, carboxy Cι-C5 aUcyl, (hydroxy Cj-Cg aUcoxy)carbonyl Cι-C5 aUcyl, (Cj-Cio alkoxy)carbonyl Cι-C5 alkyl, (Cι-C10 haloalkoxy)- carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl, {(Cι-C6 alkoxy) Ci-C6 alkoxy}carbonyl CrC6 alkyl, (C3-Cι0 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl Ci-C5 alkyl, (C3-Cι0 halocyclo- alkoxy)carbonyl Ci-Cg alkyl, aminocarbonyl Cι-C6 aUcyl, (Cι-C6 aUcyl- amino)carbonyl Cι-C6 alkyl, hydroxy Cj-Cg alkyl, Ci-Cg alkoxy Ci-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 haloalkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl, mercapto Cι-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkylthio Cι-C6 alkyl, Cj-Cg haloalkylthio Ci-Cg alkyl, cyano C C4 alkyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, optionaUy substituted phenyl, (optionally substituted phenyl) Ci-C3 alkyl, or optionally substituted phenylcarbonyl;
R11, R12, R41, R42, R71, and R72 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, d-Cio alkyl, CJ-CK, haloaUcyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 haloalkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, C3-C8 haloalkynyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkenyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkenyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl CrC3 aUcyl, C3-C10 halocycloaUcyl Cj-Cg alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkenyl Cj-Oj alkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkenyl Cj-Cg alkyl, (C^Cg aUcyl)carbonyl, (CrC5 haloalkyl)carbonyl, (C3-C6 cycloalkyl)carbonyl,
(C3-Cg halocycloalkyl)carbonyl,
Figure imgf000163_0001
alkyl) carbonyl
Figure imgf000163_0002
alkyl, (Cj-Cg haloalkyl)carbonyl CrC6 alkyl, (CrC6 alkoxy)carbonyl, (d-Cg haloaUcoxy)carbonyl, (C3-C10 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl, (C3-C10 halocyclo- aUcoxy)carbonyl, carboxy Cj-C3 aUcyl, (hydroxy C Cg aUcoxy)carbonyl CrC5 aUcyl, (CrC10 alkoxy)carbonyl CrC5 alkyl, (CrC10 haloalkoxy)- carbonyl
Figure imgf000163_0003
alkyl, (C3-C10 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl, (C3-C10 halocycloaUcoxy)carbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl, aminocarbonyl
Figure imgf000163_0004
alkyl, (Cj-Cg alkylamino)carbonyl
Figure imgf000163_0005
alkyl, hydroxy Cj-Cg alkyl, Cj-Cg alkoxy Cj-Cg alkyl, CrC6 haloalkoxy Cj-Cg alkyl, mercapto
Figure imgf000163_0006
aUcyl, {(C Cg alkoxy) CrC6 alkoxy} carbonyl Ci-Cg alkyl, Cι-C6 alkylthio
Ci-Cg alkyl, CrC6 haloaUcylthio Cι-C6 alkyl, cyano Cι-C4 aUcyl, optionaUy substituted phenyl, (optionaUy substituted phenyl) Cι-C3 alkyl, (optionaUy substituted
Figure imgf000163_0007
alkoxy)carbonyl) Cj-Cg alkyl, optionally substituted phenylcarbonyl, SR34, SOR21, or SO2R22; R13, R43, and R73 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, C^C^ alkyl, CJ-CJO haloalkyl, C3-C10 alkenyl, C3-C10 haloalkenyl, C3-C10 alkynyl, C3-C10 haloalkynyl, C3-C8 cycloaUcyl, C3-C8 halocycloalkyl, N(R23)R24, N=C(R23)R24, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, carboxy Cj-C3 aUcyl, (C3-C8 cycloalkoxy)carbonyl Cj-C3 alkyl, (C3-C8 alkenyloxy)carbonyl
Figure imgf000163_0008
alkyl, (C3-C8 alkynyloxy)- carbonyl Ci-Cg alkyl, tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl, tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonyl Cj-Cg alkyl, (Cj-C3 alkoxy)carbonyl Ci-Cg aUcyl, or (C^Cs haloalkoxy)carbonyl Cj-Cg aUcyl; R14, R44, and R74 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, chlorine, Cj-Cs alkyl, CrCg haloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halocycloaUcyl, or N(R25)R26;
R15, R45, and R75 are the same or different and independently chlorine, CrC10 alkyl, C C10 haloaUcyl, N(R27)R28, or OR29;
R16, R46, and R76 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, halogen, or C^ , alkyl;
R17, R47, and R77 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, COOR30, cyano, or Ci-Cg alkyl; R18, R48, and R78 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, Cx-C4 alkyl, Cx-C4 haloaUcyl, C3-C6 cycloaUcyl, or C3-C6 halocycloalkyl;
R19, R49, and R79 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, Cx-C10 alkyl, Cx-Cxo haloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halo- cycloalkyl, C3-C10 cycloaUcyl Cx-C3 alkyl, C3-C10 halocycloalkyl Cx-C3 alkyl, C3-C5 alkenyl, C3-C5 haloalkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, C3-Cg haloalkynyl, carboxy Cx-C3 alkyl, (Ci-Cg alkoxy)carbonyl Cx-C3 alkyl, (Cj-C5 haloalkoxy)carbonyl Cx-C3 aUcyl, optionaUy substituted phenyl, or (optionaUy substituted phenyl) Cx-C3 alkyl; R20, R50, and R80 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, chlorine, Cj-Cg alkyl, Cx-C5 haloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloaUcyl, or C3-C6 halocycloaUcyl; and
M is an alkaU metal; wherein R34 is Cx-C10 alkyl, Cx-C10 haloalkyl, or optionaUy substituted phenyl;
R21 is Cx-Cx0 aUcyl, Cx-Cx0 haloaUcyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C8 halocycloaUcyl, or optionaUy substituted phenyl;
R22 is Cx-Cxo alkyl, C1-C10 haloaUcyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C8 halocycloaUcyl, or optionaUy substituted phenyl;
R23 is hydrogen or Cx-Cg alkyl;
R24 is hydrogen, Cx-C5 alkyl, Cx-C5 haloaUcyl or optionaUy substituted phenyl; R25 is hydrogen, Cx-C10 alkyl, Cx-C10 haloalkyl, SO2H,
Cx-C5 alkylsulfonyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C3-C10 halocycloaUcyl, carboxy Cx-C3 alkyl, (Cx-C5 alkoxy)carbonyl Cx-C3 alkyl, optionaUy substituted phenyl, Cx-C10 aUcylsulfinyl, C1-C10 haloaUcylsurfinyl, C3-C8 cycloalkylsulfinyl, C3-C8 halocyclo- aUcylsulfinyl, optionaUy substituted phenylsulfinyl, Cx-C10 alkylsulfonyl, Cx-C10 haloalkylsulfonyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl- sulfonyl, C3-C8 halocycloaUcylsulfonyl, or optionaUy substituted phenylsulfonyl;
R26 is hydrogen, Cx-Cx0 aUcyl, or Cx-Cxo haloalkyl; R27 is hydrogen, Cx-C5 alkyl, or Cx-C5 haloaUcyl;
R28 is hydrogen, Cx-C10 alkyl, or Cx-Cxo haloaUcyl;
R29 is Cx-C10 alkyl; and
R30 is hydrogen, Cx-Cxo aUcyl, Cx-Cxo haloalkyl, C3-C 10 cycloaUcyl, C3-CX0 halocycloalkyl, or optionaUy substituted phenyl.
3. The uratil compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein X and Y are both oxygen.
4. The uratil compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein Z is oxygen.
5. The uratil compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein Z is sulfur.
6. The uratil compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein R1 is hydrogen or Cx-C3 alkyl.
7. The uratil compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R2 is Cx-C3 alkyl.
8. The uratil compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R2 is methyl.
9. The uratil compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R2 is amino.
10. The uratil compound according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein R3 is Cx-C3 haloaUcyl.
11. The uratil compound according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein R3 is trifluoromethyl.
12. The uracU compound according to any one of claims 2 to 11, wherein R7 is chlorine.
13. The uracil compound according to claim 12, wherein R8 is 1-(CX-C10 alkoxy)carbonylethoxy.
14. The uracil compound according to claim 12, wherein R8 is
1 -(methoxycarbonyl)ethoxy .
15. The uracil compound according to claim 12, wherein R8 is l-(ethoxycarbonyl)ethoxy.
16. The uracU compound according to any one of claims 2 to 11, wherein R7 is NO2.
17. The uracil compound according to claim 16, wherein R8 is Cx-Cxo aUcoxy.
18. The uratil compound according to claim 16, wherein R8 is methoxy.
19. The uratil compound according to claim 16, wherein R8 is isopropoxy.
20. A herbicidal composition which comprises a uratil compound according to any one of claims 1 to 19 and 36, and an inert carrier or dUuent.
21. A method for controlling weeds, which comprises applying a herbicidaUy effective amount of a uratil compound according to any one of claims 1 to 19 to the weeds or to a place where the weeds are growing or wiU grow.
22. Use of a uracil compound according to any one of claims 1 to
19 as a herbicide.
23. A uratil compound of the general formula:
Figure imgf000167_0001
wherein R\ R3, Q, X, Y, and Z are as defined in claim 1.
24. The uratil compound according to claim 23, wherein Q is a group of the general formula:
R° R*
ft Rc wherein R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are as defined in claim 2.
25. The uratil compound according to claim 23 or 24, wherein X and Y are both oxygen.
26. The uratil compound according to any one of claims 23 to 25, wherein Z is oxygen.
27. The uracil compound according to any one of claims 23 to 25, wherein Z is sulfur.
28. The uracil compound according to any one of claims 23 to 27, wherein R3 is trifluoromethyl.
29. A uratil compound of the general formula:
Figure imgf000168_0001
wherein R1, X, Y, and Z are as defined in claim 1;
R200 is hydrogen, Cx-C3 alkyl, Cx-C3 haloaUcyl, C3-C6 aUcenyl, C3-C6 aUcynyl, or N(R61)R62 wherein R61 and R62 are as defined in claim 1; R300 is Cx-C3 haloalkyl; or
R200 and R300 may be combined at their ends to form optionaUy fluorine-substituted trimethylene or optionaUy fluorine-substituted tetramethylene.
30. The uratil compound according to claim 29, wherein X and Y are both oxygen.
31. The uratil compound according to claim 29 or 30, wherein Z is oxygen.
32. The uracil compound according to claim 29 or 30, wherein Z is sulfur.
33. The uratil compound according to any one of claims 29 to 32, wherein R300 is trifluoromethyl.
34. The uratil compound according to any one of claims 29 to 33, wherein R200 is methyl.
35. The uratil compound according to any one of claims 29 to 33, wherein R200 is amino.
36. The uratil compound according to claim 16, wherein R8 is 2,2-di(Cx-C5 alkyl)hydrazino.
PCT/JP1999/005595 1998-10-12 1999-10-12 Uracil herbicides WO2000021936A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU60070/99A AU6007099A (en) 1998-10-12 1999-10-12 Uracil herbicides

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP10/289358 1998-10-12
JP28935898 1998-10-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2000021936A1 true WO2000021936A1 (en) 2000-04-20

Family

ID=17742182

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP1999/005595 WO2000021936A1 (en) 1998-10-12 1999-10-12 Uracil herbicides

Country Status (2)

Country Link
AU (1) AU6007099A (en)
WO (1) WO2000021936A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012047993A2 (en) * 2010-10-05 2012-04-12 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota N-hydroxypyrimidine-2,4-diones as inhibitors of hiv and hcv
WO2012136604A1 (en) * 2011-04-07 2012-10-11 Nimblegen Systems Gmbh Diarylsulphid backbone containing photolabile protecting groups

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0255047A1 (en) * 1986-07-31 1988-02-03 Ciba-Geigy Ag 3-Aryl uraciles and their use as herbicides
EP0545206A1 (en) * 1991-12-04 1993-06-09 Bayer Ag N-Aryl-nitrogenheterocycles and their use as herbicides
WO1998034924A1 (en) * 1997-02-11 1998-08-13 Hoechst Schering Agrevo Gmbh Herbicidal 3-arylamino-6-trifluoromethyl uracyls

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0255047A1 (en) * 1986-07-31 1988-02-03 Ciba-Geigy Ag 3-Aryl uraciles and their use as herbicides
EP0545206A1 (en) * 1991-12-04 1993-06-09 Bayer Ag N-Aryl-nitrogenheterocycles and their use as herbicides
WO1998034924A1 (en) * 1997-02-11 1998-08-13 Hoechst Schering Agrevo Gmbh Herbicidal 3-arylamino-6-trifluoromethyl uracyls

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BARKER ET AL: "Irreversible Enzyme Inhibitors. LXXVI. Inhibitors of Thymidine Phosphorylase. III. Hydrophobic Bonding by 1-Substituted Uracils Containing Additional Substituents at the 5 and 6 positions.", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 10, no. 2, March 1967 (1967-03-01), pages 304 - 311, XP000872507 *
WELCH C J ET AL: "SYNTHESIS OF C-5 AND N-3 ARENESULFENYL URIDINES. PREPARATION AND PROPERTIES OF A NEW CLASS OF URACIL PROTECTING GROUP", ACTA CHEMICA SCANDINAVICA. SERIES B - ORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY,DK,MUNKSGAARD. COPENHAGEN, vol. 39, 1 January 1985 (1985-01-01), pages 203 - 212, XP002045927 *

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012047993A2 (en) * 2010-10-05 2012-04-12 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota N-hydroxypyrimidine-2,4-diones as inhibitors of hiv and hcv
WO2012047993A3 (en) * 2010-10-05 2012-05-31 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota N-hydroxypyrimidine-2,4-diones as inhibitors of hiv and hcv
WO2012136604A1 (en) * 2011-04-07 2012-10-11 Nimblegen Systems Gmbh Diarylsulphid backbone containing photolabile protecting groups
US10150791B2 (en) 2011-04-07 2018-12-11 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. Diarylsulfide backbone containing photolabile protecting groups
US11001602B2 (en) 2011-04-07 2021-05-11 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. Diarylsulfide backbone containing photolabile protecting groups

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU6007099A (en) 2000-05-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA2334399C (en) Uracil compounds and use thereof
WO1997007104A1 (en) Pyridazin-3-one derivatives, their use, and intermediates for their production
EP1106607B1 (en) Uracil compounds and their use
US6403534B1 (en) Uracil compounds and use thereof
US5521145A (en) Iminothiazoline derivatives and herbicides containing them as active ingredients
EP0859765A1 (en) Pyrazin-2-one derivatives, their use, and intermediates for their production
US6410484B1 (en) 6-Hydroxy-5,6-dihydrouracil compound and herbicidal composition containing thereof
US6107250A (en) Pyridazin-3-one derivatives and their use
US6475955B2 (en) Pyridazinone derivatives
WO2000021936A1 (en) Uracil herbicides
EP0544218B1 (en) Arylindazole derivatives and their use
WO1997006150A1 (en) Pyrimidin-4-one derivatives, their use as herbicides, intermediates for their production and processes for producing these compounds
US6114286A (en) Pyrimidinone derivatives
EP0902029A1 (en) Pyrimidinone derivatives and herbicides containing them
EP0860435A1 (en) Pyridazin-3-one derivatives and their use
JPH09323977A (en) Pyridazin-3-one derivative, its use and its production intermediate
JP4639459B2 (en) 6-hydroxy-5,6-dihydrouracil compound
AU702840C (en) Pyridazin-3-one derivatives, their use, and intermediates for their production
JPH10291983A (en) Pyridazin-3-one derivative and its use
JPH10291984A (en) Pyridazin-3-one derivative and its use
JP2000186076A (en) Uracil compound, its use and intermediate for producing the same
JPH11217384A (en) Pyrimidinone derivative
JP2001002658A (en) Pyridazinone compound and its use
JPH09301957A (en) Pyrimidin-4-one derivative, its use, production intermediate therefor and production of the same production intermediate
JPH11335358A (en) Pyridazinone derivative

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS KE KG KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase